mr._n mede_n suppose_v the_o root_n out_o of_o the_o goth_n and_o lombard_n and_o the_o power_n of_o the_o greek_a emperor_n out_o of_o italy_n may_v answer_v this_o character_n the_o pope_n excommunication_n and_o deprivation_n of_o some_o reference_n see_v reference_n three_o remarkable_a sovereign_n power_n 15._o a_o great_a objection_n against_o this_o opinion_n about_o the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v this_o follow_v esteem_v to_o be_v viz._n that_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o that_o of_o the_o ten_o king_n for_o rev._n 17._o 12._o it_o be_v say_v that_o those_o ten_o king_n shall_v receive_v power_n as_o king_n one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o the_o term_n of_o one_o hour_n do_v signify_v in_o the_o original_a at_o the_o same_o time_n now_o it_o be_v know_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o settle_a kingdom_n at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n the_o beast_n therefore_o must_v arise_v about_o the_o same_o time_n and_o this_o be_v almost_o a_o whole_a age_n before_o the_o conquest_n of_o justinian_n 1._o there_o be_v no_o clear_a ground_n for_o any_o necessity_n of_o such_o a_o signification_n of_o the_o word_n in_o the_o original_a that_o be_v render_v one_o hour_n on_o the_o contrary_a to_o render_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d at_o the_o same_o time_n be_v at_o best_a but_o a_o very_a rare_a and_o unusual_a acceptation_n of_o it_o if_o it_o shall_v be_v ever_o find_v to_o be_v use_v at_o all_o in_o that_o signification_n which_o be_v much_o to_o be_v question_v and_o therefore_o be_v it_o that_o we_o find_v not_o this_o interpretation_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d to_o have_v be_v think_v on_o till_o this_o present_a age_n and_o even_o now_o the_o great_a number_n of_o translation_n have_v nothing_o of_o this_o sense_n in_o they_o the_o proper_a signification_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o accusative_a case_n be_v as_o it_o be_v render_v for_o one_o hour_n space_n which_o in_o a_o prophetical_a style_n signify_v a_o short_a space_n of_o time_n and_o then_o it_o may_v be_v easy_o understand_v to_o signify_v that_o those_o king_n shall_v reign_v like_o king_n with_o the_o beast_n for_o a_o little_a time_n but_o as_o it_o follow_v that_o they_o shall_v give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o beast_n after_o it_o and_o so_o appear_v to_o be_v like_o the_o slave_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o his_o use_n and_o service_n 2._o or_o if_o it_o shall_v signify_v about_o the_o same_o time_n yet_o it_o may_v be_v understand_v only_o of_o the_o reign_v of_o these_o king_n together_o with_o the_o beast_n at_o any_o the_o same_o time_n of_o both_o for_o to_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o the_o beast_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o any_o time_n of_o their_o reign_n together_o in_o conjunction_n with_o the_o beast_n and_o not_o necessary_o of_o their_o beginning_n to_o reign_v at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o it_o on_o the_o contrary_a it_o be_v certain_a by_o the_o consent_n of_o all_o that_o most_o of_o these_o ten_o king_n have_v begin_v to_o receive_v power_n as_o king_n long_o before_o other_o and_o so_o can_v not_o possible_o be_v say_v to_o begin_v their_o power_n all_o together_o at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o the_o beast_n if_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v count_v from_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o ten_o kingdom_n in_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v already_o past_a for_o it_o will_v be_v find_v that_o there_o be_v ten_o kingdom_n erect_v there_o before_o the_o year_n 420._o as_o 1._o the_o almain_n who_o have_v be_v long_o a_o roman_a province_n have_v a_o king_n in_o julian_n time_n and_o after_o the_o conquest_n of_o he_o reign_n he_o cuspinian_n de_fw-fr caesar_n pag._n 102._o mention_n julian_n league_n with_o the_o almain_n and_o p._n 112._o the_o huns_n invade_v epirus_n in_o valens_n reign_n julian_n reference_n see_v reference_n make_v a_o league_n with_o that_o people_n barbarian_n people_n petau._n ration_n temp._n part._n i._o lib_n 6._o cap._n 10._o do_v particular_o reckon_v up_o the_o chief_a division_n of_o these_o invasion_n of_o the_o barbarian_n 2._o the_o ostrogoth_n 3._o the_o west_n goth_n 4._o the_o hunns_n who_o be_v all_o three_o up_o about_o the_o year_n 378._o 5._o the_o suevi_n 6._o the_o allan_n 7._o the_o vandal_n 8._o the_o burgundian_n 9_o the_o frank_n and_o beside_o these_o be_v the_o vandal_n in_o africa_n and_o silingii_n another_o sort_n of_o vandal_n in_o that_o part_n of_o spain_n that_o be_v call_v baetica_n beside_o other_o division_n of_o principality_n among_o these_o people_n 3._o again_o in_o the_o signification_n of_o at_o the_o same_o time_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d may_v denote_v the_o reign_n of_o these_o ten_o king_n together_o king_n alcazar_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 3._o for_o what_o i_o pray_v do_v one_o hour_n signify_v but_o that_o these_o king_n do_v reign_v all_o together_o at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n theodoret._n in_o cap._n 7._o dan._n the_o 10._o regibus_fw-la it_o be_v therefore_o manifest_a that_o there_o shall_v ten_o king_n arise_v up_o all_o together_o altogether_o at_o reference_n see_v reference_n the_o same_o time_n with_o one_o another_o which_o the_o order_n of_o the_o word_n do_v make_v far_o more_o natural_a for_o whereas_o it_o have_v be_v just_a before_o say_v that_o they_o have_v not_o any_o of_o they_o any_o kingdom_n as_o yet_o it_o here_o follow_v in_o this_o order_n in_o the_o original_a but_o power_n as_o king_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d they_o receive_v with_o the_o beast_n where_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d be_v more_o natural_o join_v with_o the_o king_n than_o with_o the_o beast_n and_o then_o it_o signify_v that_o nevertheless_o these_o king_n shall_v all_o reign_v together_o at_o the_o same_o time_n in_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o denote_v the_o strange_a division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n at_o that_o time_n and_o this_o be_v very_o proper_a and_o convenient_a to_o be_v signify_v because_o the_o seven_o king_n just_o before_o have_v be_v describe_v to_o succeed_v or_o to_o come_v after_o one_o another_o to_o distinguish_v which_o from_o these_o ten_o king_n it_o may_v be_v on_o purpose_n make_v their_o character_n that_o these_o do_v reign_v all_o together_o but_o this_o be_v only_o upon_o the_o supposition_n of_o this_o signification_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d for_o which_o after_o all_o there_o be_v no_o necessity_n 4._o but_o however_o that_o it_o can_v signify_v the_o rise_n of_o these_o ten_o king_n at_o the_o same_o time_n witb_v the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v determine_v by_o the_o description_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n which_o be_v say_v there_o shall_v arise_v 17._o arise_v blasius_n viega_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 2._o show_n that_o it_o be_v the_o opinion_n of_o all_o the_o ancient_n according_a to_o st._n jerom_n that_o antichrist_n the_o little_a horn_n shall_v arise_v after_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n among_o ten_o king_n theodoret._n in_o cap._n 7._o dan._n it_o be_v therefore_o say_v he_o manifest_a that_o the_o prophet_n do_v here_o foretell_v that_o about_o the_o end_n ten_o king_n shall_v arise_v up_o all_o together_o and_o that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v the_o last_o after_o they_o so_o irenaeus_n l._n 5._o contra_fw-la haer._n c._n 24._o &_o aretas_n in_o c._n 13._o apoc._n &_o ausburtus_n in_o cap._n 17._o after_o the_o ten_o king_n and_o 24._o v._o 24._o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v unquestionable_o the_o same_o particular_a roman_a rule_n coral_n 2._o prop._n 15._o and_o therefore_o have_v it_o be_v already_o conclude_v that_o the_o beast_n can_v arise_v till_o after_o the_o ten_o king_n coral_n 3._o prop._n 15._o 16._o but_o it_o will_v be_v then_o demand_v how_o justinian_n restauration_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n can_v be_v the_o next_o change_n but_o one_o of_o the_o roman_a sovereignty_n after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o ten_o sovereignty_n before_o he_o will_v be_v account_v at_o least_o one_o change_v of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o that_o empire_n as_o the_o four_o horn_n of_o the_o he_o goat_n in_o the_o 8_o of_o daniel_n be_v a_o new_a state_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n if_o so_o than_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n must_v unquestionable_o be_v another_o change_n of_o the_o roman_a rule_n and_o thus_o will_v there_o have_v be_v a_o 8_o king_n from_o the_o six_o that_o rule_v in_o st._n john_n time_n before_o
to_o uphold_v it_o that_o all_o have_v think_v that_o the_o general_n peace_n on_o that_o side_n must_v have_v be_v precipitate_v and_o yet_o we_o have_v see_v it_o deser_v to_o this_o time_n and_o the_o order_n of_o the_o prophecy_n for_o the_o end_n of_o the_o second_o woe_n after_o the_o resurrection_n 14._o rev._n 11._o 14._o of_o the_o witness_n thereby_o observe_v and_o fulfil_v against_o all_o human_a appearance_n 3._o from_o my_o proof_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o full_a death_n of_o the_o witness_n i_o do_v determine_v that_o there_o will_v be_v no_o suppression_n p._n p._n 92_o 106._o letter_n to_o h._n p._n of_o the_o protestant_a profession_n either_o in_o england_n or_o in_o the_o palatinate_n which_o how_o miraculous_o it_o have_v be_v verify_v among_o we_o we_o be_v all_o the_o joyful_a witness_n of_o nor_o do_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o french_a in_o all_o their_o devastation_n of_o the_o palatinate_n ever_o carry_v on_o the_o dragoon_n work_n of_o abjuration_n among_o they_o and_o yet_o how_o contrary_a to_o all_o outward_a appearance_n of_o thing_n here_o be_v this_o conjecture_n when_o it_o be_v declare_v and_o somewhile_n after_o it_o the_o project_n of_o get_v a_o comply_v parliament_n to_o put_v the_o strength_n of_o the_o nation_n into_o popish_a hand_n by_o null_v the_o law_n against_o it_o be_v then_o in_o a_o fair_a likelihood_n of_o take_v but_o upon_o the_o continual_a change_n of_o corporation_n soon_o after_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v out_o of_o all_o question_n and_o the_o fury_n with_o which_o the_o bishop_n constancy_n be_v entertain_v and_o the_o severity_n of_o the_o ecclesiastical_a commission_n be_v sufficient_a testimony_n of_o the_o resolution_n that_o be_v then_o take_v to_o bring_v the_o rule_v religion_n to_o that_o state_n of_o toleration_n which_o may_v qualify_v they_o to_o be_v the_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n and_o who_o can_v ever_o have_v think_v that_o the_o most_o refine_a politician_n in_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n shall_v have_v be_v so_o unaccountable_o infatuate_v as_o to_o choose_v such_o method_n as_o tend_v the_o most_o apparent_o to_o the_o ruin_n of_o all_o the_o fair_a hope_n that_o their_o cause_n be_v then_o in_o or_o that_o the_o french_a will_v be_v so_o unready_a to_o oppose_v his_o present_a majesty_n expedition_n here_o when_o they_o foresee_v it_o and_o long_o before_o have_v public_o threaten_v by_o their_o ambassador_n to_o revenge_v all_o attempt_n of_o that_o nature_n and_o then_o for_o the_o palatinate_n there_o be_v no_o reason_n to_o imagine_v that_o the_o french_a zeal_n for_o their_o new_a way_n of_o conversion_n shall_v not_o have_v be_v as_o hot_a as_o the_o flame_n that_o they_o put_v the_o whole_a country_n into_o 4._o it_o be_v necessary_a for_o i_o in_o my_o way_n of_o apply_v the_o vial_n to_o make_v the_o mortification_n of_o the_o imperial_a and_o true_o papal_a party_n by_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o present_a french_a king_n to_o 241._o p._n 207._o 241._o be_v the_o plague_n of_o the_o four_o vial_n upon_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o time_n of_o every_o vial_n be_v find_v by_o those_o that_o be_v past_a to_o be_v about_o the_o space_n of_o forty_o year_n i_o have_v judge_v from_o thence_o that_o the_o present_a king_n there_o will_v not_o be_v long_o a_o plague_n of_o any_o moment_n to_o that_o party_n his_o reign_n have_v continue_v for_o 244._o p._n 244._o more_o than_o forty_o year_n since_o the_o end_n of_o the_o suedish-war_n and_o what_o considerable_a plague_n have_v he_o be_v of_o late_a but_o to_o the_o protestant_a palatinate_n and_o he_o have_v already_o begin_v to_o be_v a_o spectator_n only_o of_o the_o imperial_a and_o papal_a triumph_n over_o he_o and_o yet_o how_o contrary_a to_o all_o appearance_n of_o thing_n be_v it_o that_o the_o french_a king_n shall_v not_o think_v of_o take_v his_o advantage_n soon_o against_o the_o spanish_a imperial_a and_o papal_a dominion_n or_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v willing_a to_o stand_v at_o gaze_v only_o for_o a_o whole_a campagne_n while_o his_o new_a conquest_n be_v force_v from_o he_o 5._o i_o have_v only_o this_o further_a to_o add_v that_o it_o be_v a_o most_o surprise_v instance_n of_o divine_a providence_n to_o crowd_n so_o many_o strange_a and_o unusual_a revolution_n together_o into_o one_o point_n of_o the_o time_n of_o a_o prophecy_n of_o near_a 2000_o year_n concern_v and_o to_o fulfil_v the_o prediction_n of_o they_o by_o such_o new_a and_o unexpected_a mean_n by_o the_o number_n of_o year_n assign_v to_o the_o continuance_n of_o 260._o judgement_n of_o god_n chap._n 8_o 9_o rev._n 11._o 9_o ibid._n p._n 253_o 260._o the_o second_o woe_n and_o by_o the_o three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o death_n of_o the_o witness_n and_o by_o the_o time_n of_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o five_o vial_n here_o be_v all_o these_o great_a change_n confine_v to_o the_o compass_n of_o less_o than_o ten_o year_n viz._n the_o perfect_a silence_v of_o all_o the_o reform_a church_n in_o all_o popish_a territory_n the_o revival_n of_o they_o the_o advancement_n of_o one_o of_o they_o into_o a_o popish_a throne_n the_o revolt_n of_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n there_o from_o the_o roman_a church_n the_o last_o end_n of_o all_o turkish_a war_n the_o general_a mortification_n of_o the_o roman_a interest_n in_o all_o its_o own_o territory_n and_o these_o we_o have_v see_v begin_v to_o be_v accomplish_v by_o as_o strange_a mean_n such_o as_o the_o force_v a_o whole_a nation_n to_o that_o which_o they_o real_o account_v idolatry_n by_o unheard_a of_o artifices_fw-la the_o change_n of_o the_o supreme_a power_n of_o a_o kingdom_n the_o great_a confederacy_n of_o protestant_n and_o popish_a prince_n that_o be_v ever_o know_v the_o pope_n excommunication_n of_o the_o fierce_a zealot_n of_o his_o church_n that_o ever_o appear_v the_o break_n of_o a_o handful_n of_o man_n through_o the_o opposition_n of_o a_o prepare_a and_o powerful_a enemy_n the_o sudden_a conquest_n of_o several_a eastern_a country_n and_o a_o new_a revolution_n in_o their_o government_n this_o wonderful_a accomplishment_n of_o prediction_n that_o be_v particular_o foretell_v and_o confine_v to_o so_o short_a a_o time_n after_o and_o that_o also_o contrary_a to_o the_o appear_a disposition_n of_o affair_n may_v be_v a_o very_a reasonable_a presumption_n for_o the_o truth_n of_o the_o principle_n upon_o which_o they_o rely_v but_o i_o have_v every_o where_o take_v care_n upon_o the_o mention_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o forewarn_v b._n n._n b._n all_o that_o whatever_o become_v of_o these_o conjecture_n yet_o it_o will_v not_o affect_v the_o proof_n that_o i_o here_o offer_v for_o the_o principle_n of_o the_o protestant_a application_n for_o loose_v thing_n may_v be_v build_v upon_o a_o very_a strong_a foundation_n but_o i_o hope_v these_o will_v be_v find_v not_o to_o have_v be_v rash_o apply_v and_o then_o they_o will_v be_v a_o confirmation_n of_o the_o demonstration_n à _fw-la priori_fw-la here_o attempt_v as_o effect_n be_v usual_o instance_a in_o to_o demonstrate_v the_o true_a cause_n indeed_o the_o chief_a end_n of_o publish_v the_o other_o part_n first_o be_v to_o engage_v the_o curiosity_n of_o the_o world_n to_o inquire_v after_o this_o which_o be_v always_o the_o chief_a aim_n of_o my_o study_n about_o this_o subject_a for_o as_o i_o be_v extreme_o surprise_v and_o please_v with_o mr._n mede_n method_n in_o the_o demonstrative_a way_n so_o can_v i_o not_o think_v his_o precess_n altogether_o close_o enough_o for_o it_o as_o it_o have_v before_o be_v observe_v by_o other_o and_o though_o the_o learned_a dr._n more_o have_v very_o sufficient_o show_v that_o notwithstanding_o the_o strong_a of_o the_o objection_n against_o they_o they_o may_v nevertheless_o be_v most_o of_o they_o true_a yet_o i_o do_v not_o see_v that_o he_o have_v prove_v some_o of_o they_o upon_o which_o the_o main_a stress_n of_o the_o whole_a application_n do_v lie_v to_o be_v necessary_a to_o be_v so_o which_o be_v the_o whole_a design_n of_o the_o synchronism_n e._n g._n the_o synchronism_n suppose_v for_o their_o foundation_n that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chap._n and_o that_o in_o the_o eleven_o be_v the_o same_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o seven_o head_v beast_n which_o yet_o grotius_n suppose_v to_o be_v quite_o different_a thing_n and_o by_o that_o undermine_v the_o force_n of_o the_o demonstration_n dr._n more_o endeavour_n to_o strengthen_v it_o by_o find_v a_o likeness_n betwixt_o the_o beast_n in_o one_o character_n of_o each_o which_o be_v far_o from_o a_o cogent_n necessity_n dr._n more_n himself_o allow_v not_o the_o proof_n of_o the_o synchronism_n betwixt_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o two_o witness_n in_o the_o eleven_o chapter_n from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o of_o the_o sackcloth_n
at_o rome_n for_o beside_o that_o it_o have_v be_v demonstrate_v that_o the_o essential_a character_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o government_n own_v at_o rome_n by_o prop._n 21._o it_o appear_v also_o by_o almost_o all_o the_o know_a example_n beside_o of_o the_o change_n of_o government_n in_o a_o monarchy_n either_o in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n that_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o former_a government_n together_o with_o a_o new_a face_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n be_v make_v to_o be_v a_o new_a succession_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o that_o nation_n the_o most_o plain_a instance_n of_o it_o be_v in_o the_o figure_n of_o the_o grecian_a monarchy_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n where_o after_o the_o end_n of_o the_o first_o form_n of_o government_n under_o the_o first_o king_n there_o succeed_v a_o fourfold_a kingdom_n notwithstanding_o that_o the_o macedonian_a sovereignty_n which_o be_v the_o first_o king_n continue_v still_o in_o be_v for_o it_o be_v one_o of_o those_o four_o kingdom_n so_o also_o in_o the_o figure_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n just_a before_o it_o the_o successive_a change_n of_o the_o sovereignty_n be_v represent_v by_o the_o two_o horn_n come_v after_o one_o another_o tho'_o the_o first_o of_o they_o that_o be_v the_o king_n of_o media_n be_v still_o in_o be_v when_o the_o latter_a be_v in_o rule_n because_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n be_v also_o king_n of_o media_n and_o his_o realm_n at_o that_o time_n call_v the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n this_o also_o be_v confirm_v from_o the_o succession_n of_o this_o very_a same_o imperial_a head_n which_o be_v a_o new_a head_n notwithstanding_o that_o the_o dignity_n the_o onuphr_n panuvinus_n lib._n fast_a p._n 61._o but_o the_o consulary_a dignity_n continue_v at_o rome_n to_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n joh._n fersius_n silesius_n protonotarius_fw-la de_fw-fr p._n praet_fw-la justinian_n novel_a 105._o call_v the_o consulship_n a_o dignity_n that_o go_v always_o with_o the_o imperial_a power_n so_o that_o the_o consulary_a power_n seem_v to_o be_v so_o interweave_v with_o the_o sovereignty_n that_o it_o follow_v it_o of_o its_o own_o accord_n and_o be_v tacit_o include_v in_o it_o as_o soon_o as_o the_o sceptre_n of_o the_o empire_n be_v take_v l._n 6._o cod._n theodos_fw-la the_o emperor_n decree_n that_o all_o other_o dignity_n shall_v give_v place_n to_o that_o of_o consul_n prattica_fw-la dell_n medagglie_fw-mi de_fw-fr carlo_n patten_n pag._n 67._o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o money_n which_o the_o emperor_n julius_n caesar_n and_o augustus_n cause_v to_o be_v stamp_v be_v call_v consular_a money_n for_o the_o respect_n that_o they_o bear_v to_o that_o supreme_a dignity_n consulary_a government_n continue_v with_o it_o tho'_o in_o subordination_n to_o the_o imperial_a much_o more_o must_v this_o government_n be_v a_o new_a head_n when_o that_o which_o be_v only_o imperial_a be_v turn_v into_o a_o regal_a form_n at_o rome_n there_o be_v therefore_o no_o long_o any_o question_n to_o be_v make_v whether_o the_o imperial_a government_n which_o be_v the_o six_o head_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n be_v yet_o at_o a_o end_n chap._n v._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o 23_o d_o proposition_n the_o beast_n some_o present_a sovereign_n of_o rome_n the_o 24_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n at_o least_o 1260_o year_n the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o witness_n the_o same_o particular_a time_n the_o two_o witness_n the_o representative_n of_o the_o whole_a church_n enslave_v by_o the_o beast_n since_o it_o have_v be_v make_v unquestionable_a from_o the_o precede_a proposition_n that_o the_o six_o king_n or_o head_n have_v be_v past_a for_o some_o hundred_o of_o year_n from_o thence_o it_o may_v as_o assure_o be_v conclude_v that_o the_o beast_n call_v the_o eight_o king_n be_v a_o sovereign_n roman_a 23._o proposit_n 23._o power_n that_o be_v own_v for_o supreme_a by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n at_o this_o present_a for_o the_o six_o king_n in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n be_v certain_o at_o a_o end_n after_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n by_o the_o heruli_n and_o goth_n prop._n 22._o and_o the_o seven_o king_n do_v immediate_o succeed_v the_o six_o by_o prop._n the_o 18_o and_o the_o seven_o king_n be_v to_o continue_v but_o a_o short_a space_n chap._n 17._o 10._o whereas_o the_o number_n of_o year_n from_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n to_o this_o present_a be_v three_o time_n long_o than_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o six_o head_n from_o the_o date_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o as_o long_o as_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o other_o six_o head_n before_o wherefore_o the_o seven_o king_n must_v needs_o have_v be_v long_o since_o past_a and_o the_o eight_o king_n call_v the_o beast_n have_v enter_v upon_o his_o reign_n for_o the_o eight_o king_n do_v immediate_o succeed_v the_o seven_o by_o prop._n 18._o and_o the_o eight_o king_n or_o the_o beast_n be_v to_o continue_v till_o the_o second_o come_n of_o christ_n by_o corollar_n 1._o prop._n 12._o and_o therefore_o must_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v both_o begin_v already_o and_o not_o yet_o past_a that_o be_v must_v be_v at_o present_a in_o be_v upon_o the_o same_o ground_n it_o appear_v that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n revel_v 13._o 5._o be_v at_o least_o 1260_o year_n 24._o prop._n 24._o for_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o be_v at_o this_o present_a by_o prop._n 23._o and_o he_o begin_v his_o reign_n soon_o after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o six_o head_n because_o the_o seven_o king_n be_v to_o continue_v but_o a_o short_a space_n rev._n 17._o 10._o and_o the_o six_o head_n be_v at_o late_a end_v at_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n in_o augustulus_n by_o prop._n 22._o which_o be_v above_o 1200_o year_n since_o it_o be_v therefore_o impossible_a that_o the_o forty_o two_o month_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n shall_v have_v a_o literal_a signification_n in_o this_o place_n they_o must_v then_o of_o necessity_n be_v understand_v in_o a_o mystical_a signification_n by_o rule_n 2._o and_o in_o such_o a_o mystical_a signification_n also_o as_o must_v make_v they_o contain_v in_o they_o above_o 1200_o year_n now_o there_o be_v no_o example_n in_o prophecy_n of_o any_o such_o mystical_a signification_n of_o time_n as_o will_v make_v these_o forty_o two_o month_n reach_v to_o 1200_o year_n and_o make_v they_o less_o exceed_v that_o number_n of_o year_n than_o the_o mystical_a use_n of_o week_n and_o day_n in_o some_o of_o the_o prophecy_n week_n be_v by_o almost_o the_o vnanimous_a consent_n of_o all_o interpreter_n take_v for_o so_o many_o year_n as_o they_o have_v day_n in_o they_o in_o that_o famous_a prophecy_n about_o the_o first_o come_v of_o the_o messiah_n into_o the_o world_n in_o the_o 9th_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n v._o 24._o under_o the_o name_n of_o the_o seventy_o week_n this_o be_v a_o unexceptionable_a instance_n of_o the_o mystical_a use_n of_o day_n for_o year_n so_o also_o be_v the_o year_n of_o jubilee_n after_o 49_o year_n call_v the_o end_n of_o seven_o sabbath_n or_o week_n of_o year_n levit._fw-la 25._o 8._o day_n also_o be_v make_v use_n of_o to_o signify_v year_n in_o ezekiel_n twice_o in_o one_o chapter_n ezek._n 4._o 4_o 6._o and_o in_o the_o same_o manner_n in_o the_o book_n of_o number_n 14._o 34._o against_o these_o two_o last_o example_n it_o be_v pretend_v that_o day_n do_v not_o absolute_o signify_v year_n but_o be_v only_o make_v the_o type_n of_o year_n but_o this_o be_v no_o material_a objection_n against_o this_o usage_n of_o day_n for_o though_o in_o those_o two_o place_n they_o be_v use_v but_o as_o type_n yet_o it_o be_v easy_a to_o observe_v that_o type_n of_o thing_n be_v ordinary_o use_v in_o the_o new_a testament_n for_o the_o thing_n themselves_o after_o the_o type_n be_v fulfil_v in_o they_o and_o in_o that_o use_n of_o they_o they_o signify_v the_o thing_n absolute_o and_o not_o typical_o for_o a_o typical_a signification_n of_o any_o thing_n be_v the_o signification_n of_o it_o before_o it_o be_v come_v to_o pass_v which_o can_v be_v when_o the_o type_n be_v use_v for_o the_o real_a thing_n it_o self_n then_o in_o be_v and_o therefore_o in_o such_o a_o use_n of_o the_o typical_a word_n it_o must_v signify_v the_o thing_n absolute_o only_o thus_o do_v we_o find_v the_o name_n of_o temple_n altar_n the_o holy_a of_o holies_n the_o veil_n the_o passeover-lamb_n use_v to_o signify_v the_o christian_a church_n the_o communion_n heaven_n this_o earthly_a state_n christ_n jesus_n after_o these_o type_n be_v accomplish_v and_o so_o after_o their_o typical_a time_n be_v pass_v
begin_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n at_o rome_n for_o the_o first_o half_a of_o the_o seven_o prophetical_a year_n of_o year_n without_o their_o epagomena_n or_o the_o five_o day_n at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o as_o be_v determine_v in_o the_o revelation_n and_o though_o the_o goth_n do_v after_o that_o triumph_n of_o belisarius_n get_v head_n again_o in_o italy_n yet_o the_o example_n that_o we_o have_v of_o the_o computation_n of_o 12._o petau._n rat._n temp._n part_n 2._o l._n 3._o c._n 12._o the_o 70_o year_n captivity_n from_o the_o first_o carry_v away_o of_o jehoiakim_n long_o before_o the_o final_a desolation_n be_v a_o very_a plain_a rule_n give_v for_o the_o fix_v of_o the_o date_n of_o the_o conquest_n of_o a_o nation_n in_o prophecy_n for_o belisarius_n conquest_n of_o the_o goth_n at_o the_o take_n of_o vitiges_n their_o king_n be_v exact_o the_o same_o kind_n of_o conquest_n of_o they_o as_o nebuchadnezzar_n conquest_n of_o judaea_n at_o the_o carry_v away_o their_o king_n jehoiakim_n in_o fetter_n though_o the_o line_n of_o their_o king_n continue_v to_o the_o end_n of_o zedekiah_n by_o this_o it_o appear_v that_o from_o the_o first_o time_n of_o the_o bondage_n of_o god_n church_n at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o great_a captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n to_o the_o last_o end_n of_o it_o at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n succeed_v there_o by_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n there_o be_v just_o the_o space_n of_o seven_o prophetical_a year_n or_o in_o the_o phrase_n of_o daniel_n seven_o time_n of_o which_o the_o one_o half_a begin_v with_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n and_o end_n at_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o other_o half_o be_v the_o time_n of_o that_o reign_n at_o the_o end_n of_o which_o the_o great_a prophetical_a week_n of_o time_n be_v accomplish_v or_o the_o time_n of_o the_o servitude_n and_o bondage_n of_o the_o people_n of_o god_n for_o as_o seven_o year_n be_v the_o allot_v time_n in_o the_o law_n for_o the_o slavery_n of_o a_o servant_n so_o do_v that_o time_n seem_v to_o be_v make_v the_o type_n of_o this_o great_a state_n of_o bondage_n to_o confirm_v this_o we_o see_v the_o end_n of_o the_o time_n time_n and_o half_a declare_v to_o be_v the_o end_n of_o the_o jewish_a captivity_n daniel_n 12._o 7._o which_o do_v clear_o show_v that_o those_o time_n be_v only_o a_o part_n of_o that_o whole_a captivity_n and_o where_o they_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o just_a half_n and_o to_o be_v call_v three_o and_o a_o half_a who_o will_v not_o assure_v himself_o that_o they_o must_v refer_v to_o the_o whole_a number_n of_o seven_o time_n or_o year_n of_o year_n which_o be_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o that_o captivity_n and_o thus_o come_v the_o whole_a time_n of_o that_o long_a captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n to_o be_v measure_v out_o to_o our_o admiration_n by_o these_o two_o half_n of_o it_o from_o the_o first_o time_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n as_o the_o 70_o year_n from_o the_o first_o captivity_n of_o jehoiakim_n to_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n or_o little_a horn_n and_o from_o the_o begin_n of_o that_o reign_n to_o the_o end_n of_o it_o but_o if_o the_o 1260_o year_n in_o both_o the_o half_n shall_v be_v also_o account_v without_o the_o five_o day_n or_o the_o epagomena_n at_o the_o end_n of_o each_o year_n in_o they_o just_a as_o three_o time_n or_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v here_o but_o 1260_o day_n than_o they_o will_v be_v 18_o year_n short_a of_o that_o number_n of_o year_n and_o then_o the_o first_o half_a of_o the_o whole_a seven_o will_v end_v just_a about_o justinian_n entrance_n upon_o the_o throne_n in_o the_o east_n or_o at_o justin_n be_v crown_v by_o pope_n john_n four_o year_n before_o in_o acknowledgement_n of_o his_o right_n over_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o this_o may_v be_v so_o much_o a_o more_o remarkable_a date_n of_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n because_o this_o be_v say_v by_o petavius_n ration_n temp._n part._n i._o l._n 7._o cap._n 3._o to_o have_v be_v the_o first_o instance_n of_o the_o crown_n of_o a_o emperor_n by_o the_o pope_n and_o this_o be_v near_o 18_o year_n before_o the_o other_o date_n from_o belisarius_n triumph_n over_o the_o gothish_a king_n and_o make_v remarkable_a by_o the_o change_n of_o the_o common_a aera_fw-la ab_fw-la v._o c._n for_o that_o of_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n present_o after_o by_o dionysius_n exiguus_fw-la and_o by_o the_o begin_n of_o a_o new_a digest_v and_o code_n of_o law_n by_o justinian_n which_o have_v continue_v ever_o since_o to_o be_v the_o acknowledge_a standard_n of_o civil_a law_n to_o all_o nation_n though_o proper_o nothing_o but_o the_o law_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n the_o other_o half_o also_o of_o the_o time_n or_o the_o 1260_o year_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v thereupon_o be_v conclude_v to_o end_v 18_o year_n soon_o or_o soon_o after_o the_o year_n 1760._o it_o have_v indeed_o be_v already_o determine_v that_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v at_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o the_o goth_n but_o though_o his_o first_o public_a formal_a appearance_n may_v be_v not_o till_o then_o yet_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n may_v very_o well_o be_v account_v from_o the_o time_n of_o his_o first_o inauguration_n or_o coronation_n for_o that_o design_n by_o the_o false_a prophet_n since_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v but_o one_o continue_a design_n for_o the_o elevation_n of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n into_o the_o western_a throne_n and_o so_o be_v that_o action_n of_o pope_n john_n interpret_v by_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n as_o a_o translation_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o he_o and_o upon_o that_o account_n be_v the_o pope_n so_o close_o imprison_v at_o his_o return_n by_o the_o king_n of_o the_o goth_n as_o it_o cost_v he_o his_o life_n the_o first_o date_n then_o of_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n reign_n may_v very_o well_o begin_v at_o his_o first_o coronation_n by_o the_o pope_n as_o the_o eight_o king_n of_o rome_n or_o the_o seven_o hill_n but_o after_o all_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o there_o be_v a_o apparent_a ground_n from_o the_o prophecy_n for_o the_o apprehend_v the_o two_o half_n of_o the_o seven_o time_n of_o year_n not_o to_o be_v altogether_o of_o a_o equal_a length_n the_o mention_n of_o a_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a be_v indeed_o ground_n enough_o to_o make_v one_o conclude_v that_o they_o refer_v to_o a_o whole_a week_n of_o time_n of_o which_o they_o be_v three_o and_o a_o half_a but_o then_o to_o show_v that_o this_o latter_a half_n be_v of_o a_o different_a length_n from_o the_o other_o three_o and_o a_o half_a before_o they_o these_o latter_a be_v industrious_o explain_v in_o the_o revelation_n to_o be_v no_o more_o than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a without_o the_o five_o day_n which_o be_v usual_o add_v to_o the_o twelve_o babylonian_a month_n in_o every_o year_n which_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o plain_a exception_n there_o put_v in_o to_o distinguish_v they_o from_o all_o other_o account_n of_o babylonian_a year_n that_o have_v not_o that_o limitation_n add_v to_o they_o and_o therefore_o more_o particular_o to_o show_v their_o difference_n from_o the_o first_o three_o and_o a_o half_a in_o the_o seven_o time_n according_a to_o this_o the_o first_o three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a aught_o to_o be_v account_v according_a to_o the_o full_a number_n of_o day_n in_o the_o babylonian_a year_n or_o with_o the_o addition_n of_o the_o five_o day_n or_o epagomena_n after_o the_o other_o twelve_o month_n which_o will_v make_v every_o one_o of_o these_o first_o half_a of_o the_o seven_o time_n to_o contain_v five_o day_n more_o in_o it_o than_o be_v account_v in_o every_o one_o of_o the_o latter_a half_n and_o then_o the_o first_o three_o prophetical_a time_n and_o a_o half_a before_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n will_v be_v 17_o year_n more_o than_o 1260_o full_a year_n which_o will_v make_v they_o reach_v from_o the_o first_o assyrian_a captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n to_o the_o year_n 558_o after_o christ_n fine_a petau._n rat._n temp._n l._n 7_o c._n 5._o in_o fine_a when_o belisarius_n make_v a_o end_n of_o the_o last_o remainder_n of_o all_o the_o opposer_n of_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n viz._n the_o nation_n of_o the_o huns_n the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o latter_a half_n will_v by_o this_o account_n not_o begin_v till_o about_o the_o year_n 558_o and_o if_o they_o be_v full_a 1260_o babylonian_n year_n they_o will_v then_o reach_v to_o
eight_o substitute_v in_o his_o place_n by_o the_o emperor_n approbation_n and_o the_o old_a law_n that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o consecration_n of_o the_o pope_n without_o the_o emperor_n order_n be_v renew_v by_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o another_o council_n and_o anathema_n and_o banishment_n be_v the_o punishment_n of_o the_o disobedient_a d._n 63._o c._n in_o synodo_n 23._o see_v note_n l_o on_o the_o thirteen_o chapter_n theodor._n à _fw-la niem_fw-la say_v he_o see_v the_o patent_n from_o whence_o this_o be_v draw_v preserve_v at_o florence_n in_o testimony_n of_o the_o imperial_a dignity_n and_o he_o live_v under_o john_n the_o xxiiid_n the_o emperor_n henry_n the_o second_o upon_o complaint_n of_o great_a disorder_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n go_v in_o the_o year_n 1046._o to_o rome_n there_o depose_v gregory_n the_o six_o and_o fetch_v up_o clement_a the_o second_o and_o the_o roman_n swear_v to_o he_o that_o they_o will_v never_o choose_v they_o any_o pope_n without_o his_o consent_n and_o upon_o the_o meeting_n of_o a_o great_a council_n there_o it_o be_v ordain_v that_o the_o new-elected_n pope_n shall_v not_o be_v so_o account_v till_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o emperor_n shall_v confirm_v it_o and_o that_o the_o pope_n ought_v not_o to_o be_v create_v without_o his_o authority_n petr._n damian_n in_o lib._n gratis_o platina_n &_o onuphr_n in_o clement_n 2._o the_o council_n of_o lateran_n ann._n 1055._o order_n the_o election_n of_o the_o pope_n to_o be_v begin_v by_o the_o cardinal_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o clergy_n and_o people_n to_o consent_v to_o it_o and_o add_v seeing_z nevertheless_o the_o honour_n due_a to_o our_o dear_a son_n henry_n who_o be_v at_o present_a hold_v for_o king_n and_o to_o be_v emperor_n afterward_o as_o we_o have_v grant_v to_o he_o and_o his_o successor_n who_o shall_v obtain_v this_o right_n in_o person_n of_o the_o apostolic_a see_n in_o the_o synod_n at_o rome_n in_o the_o year_n 1106._o be_v that_o dreadful_a charge_n draw_v up_o against_o gregory_n the_o seven_o or_o hildebrand_n for_o aspire_v to_o the_o papacy_n without_o either_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o emperor_n of_o the_o roman_n or_o the_o senate_n or_o people_n in_o the_o year_n 1107._o the_o emperor_n henry_n the_o three_o set_v forth_o a_o remonstrance_n against_o pope_n paschal_n the_o second_o and_o conclude_v that_o although_o by_o right_n and_o force_v of_o arm_n he_o can_v retain_v the_o ancient_a custom_n observe_v of_o so_o long_a time_n by_o so_o many_o holy_a father_n touch_v the_o election_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o the_o right_n of_o investiture_n yet_o he_o shall_v not_o much_o trouble_v himself_o about_o it_o if_o they_o will_v return_v he_o the_o estate_n and_o chattel_n which_o they_o retain_v by_o the_o gift_n of_o the_o laity_n and_o will_v content_v themselves_o with_o the_o title_n aventin_n histor_n boior_fw-la l._n 6._o and_o upon_o take_v pope_n paschal_n prisoner_n by_o henry_n it_o be_v swear_v to_o by_o the_o pope_n that_o the_o right_n of_o confirm_v or_o invest_v the_o new_a choose_a bishop_n shall_v be_v always_o in_o the_o emperor_n and_o none_o shall_v dare_v to_o own_v they_o before_o they_o be_v invest_v by_o the_o emperor_n command_n sigebert_n say_v thus_o concern_v this_o affair_n chron._n ann._n 1111._o the_o king_n or_o emperor_n will_v use_v the_o authority_n which_o the_o emperor_n have_v use_v since_o the_o time_n of_o charlemaigne_n for_o 300_o year_n and_o more_o under_o 63_o pope_n 1118._o gelasius_n the_o second_o succeed_v paschal_n the_o second_o and_o be_v create_v without_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o emperor_n henry_n who_o thereupon_o return_v from_o milan_n to_o rome_n and_o consecrate_v gregory_n the_o eight_o in_o his_o place_n 1165._o paschal_n the_o three_o be_v confirm_v pope_n by_o the_o council_n of_o wurtzbourg_n where_o this_o remarkable_a decree_n be_v make_v that_o for_o the_o future_a no_o pope_n shall_v be_v create_v but_o after_o the_o ancient_a fashion_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o emperor_n aventin_n hist_o boior_fw-la l._n 6._o and_o afterward_o that_o the_o pope_n shall_v be_v call_v only_o nuntius_fw-la christi_fw-la and_o not_o to_o be_v the_o rival_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n and_o a_o oath_n be_v thereupon_o take_v by_o all_o there_o present_a the_o university_n of_o oxford_n and_o paris_n agree_v about_o the_o year_n 1404._o that_o the_o emperor_n have_v right_a of_o patronage_n to_o the_o pope_n and_o to_o the_o roman_a church_n that_o the_o election_n of_o the_o pope_n do_v not_o appertain_v of_o divine_a right_n to_o the_o cardinal_n but_o to_o the_o people_n and_o the_o confirmation_n of_o he_o to_o the_o emperor_n epist_n universit_fw-la paris_n editae_fw-la a._n hutten_n ann._n 1520._o emperor_n confirmation_n of_o he_o and_o be_v the_o imperial_a authority_n that_o do_v many_o time_n call_v they_o emperor_n they_o nothing_o be_v more_o common_a in_o the_o history_n of_o the_o church_n than_o the_o summoning_n and_o deposition_n of_o pope_n by_o the_o emperor_n to_o a_o account_n for_o their_o irregular_a action_n and_o depose_v they_o the_o usual_a title_n that_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n give_v their_o emperor_n be_v chapter_n be_v guicciard_n histor_n l._n 4._o in_o this_o time_n of_o the_o exarchat_n that_o be_v after_o justinian_n recovery_n of_o italy_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n have_v no_o civil_a power_n pass_v their_o life_n under_o the_o subjection_n of_o the_o emperor_n without_o the_o authority_n of_o who_o or_o of_o their_o exarch_n they_o dare_v not_o receive_v or_o exercise_v the_o pontifical_a and_o therefore_o their_o address_n to_o the_o emperor_n must_v be_v proportionable_o submissive_a as_o follow_v 601._o gregory_n the_o great_a who_o by_o the_o romanist_n be_v make_v the_o example_n of_o a_o good_a pope_n in_o his_o second_o book_n ep._n 62._o &_o 65._o to_o the_o emperor_n mauritius_n have_v these_o expression_n he_o be_v guilty_a before_o the_o almighty_a who_o in_o all_o that_o he_o say_v or_o do_v be_v not_o clear_a towards_o his_o most_o serene_a lord_n and_o i_o the_o unworthy_a servant_n of_o your_o piety_n if_o etc._n etc._n and_o i_o when_o i_o speak_v thus_o to_o my_o lord_n what_o be_o i_o but_o dust_n and_o a_o worm_n of_o the_o earth_n etc._n etc._n power_n be_v give_v my_o lord_n from_o heaven_n over_o all_o man_n i_o have_v commit_v will_v christ_n say_v my_o priest_n or_o bishop_n into_o thy_o hand_n and_o l._n 2._o ep._n 64._o my_o tongue_n can_v express_v the_o favour_n that_o i_o have_v receive_v of_o the_o almighty_a and_o of_o the_o most_o serene_a emperor_n my_o lord_n and_o ep._n 52._o i_o have_v send_v he_o to_o the_o foot_n of_o my_o lord_n and_o yet_o gregory_n speak_v bold_o enough_o to_o he_o when_o he_o reprove_v he_o as_o his_o confessor_n l._n 2._o ep._n 64._o and_o l._n 6._o ep._n 11._o to_o anastasius_n bishop_n of_o antioch_n all_o that_o be_v advance_v into_o holy_a order_n ought_v always_o to_o give_v thanks_o for_o it_o to_o almighty_a god_n and_o always_o pray_v to_o god_n for_o the_o life_n of_o our_o most_o pious_a and_o most_o christian_a lord_n the_o emperor_n pope_n agatho_n council_n 6._o act._n 2._o and_o 4._o tell_v the_o emperor_n that_o he_o give_v ready_a obedience_n to_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v command_v he_o by_o the_o sacred_a letter_n patent_n of_o his_o most_o clement_a fortitude_n and_o that_o again_o to_o do_v his_o due_a obedience_n to_o the_o emperor_n in_o make_v the_o bishop_n of_o those_o part_n address_v themselves_o to_o the_o most_o pious_a foot_n of_o his_o goodness_n call_v rome_n the_o servant_n city_n of_o his_o most_o serene_a empire_n often_o use_v according_a to_o your_o most_o pious_a command_n and_o we_o beseech_v you_o upon_o the_o bend_a knee_n of_o our_o soul_n 800._o ado_n viennensis_n in_o chronic._n an._n 798._o aimoin_v l._n 4._o c._n 90._o refute_v the_o coronation_n of_o charlemaigne_n by_o pope_n leo._n and_o that_o after_o the_o acclamation_n of_o the_o people_n he_o be_v adore_v by_o the_o pope_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o former_a emperor_n and_o salvian_n in_o epistolam_fw-la ad_fw-la parent_n explain_v what_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o ancient_a emperor_n he_o say_v that_o as_o servant_n they_o kiss_v the_o foot_n of_o their_o master_n an._n 854._o pope_n leo_n the_o four_o write_v to_o the_o emperor_n lotharius_n that_o he_o observe_v his_o and_o his_o predecessor_n command_v and_o shall_v always_o observe_v they_o dis_n 10._o c._n 9_o an._n 1158._o pope_n adrian_n the_o four_o together_o with_o all_o the_o cardinal_n and_o clergy_n send_v to_o the_o emperor_n frcderick_n and_o acknowledge_v he_o lord_n and_o emperor_n of_o the_o city_n and_o of_o the_o world_n vrbis_fw-la &_o orbis_n raderius_n de_fw-fr gestis_fw-la frederici_fw-la l._n 1._o c._n 22._o paulus_n
from_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n prop._n 22._o at_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n by_o the_o heruli_n and_o gothish_a king_n of_o italy_n the_o six_o head_n be_v at_o the_o late_a at_o a_o end_n prop._n 23._o the_o beast_n call_v the_o eight_o king_n rev._n 17._o 11._o be_v a_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n that_o be_v own_v there_o for_o supreme_a at_o this_o present_a corollar_n 1._o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n rev._n 13._o 5._o be_v at_o least_o 1260_o chaldaic_a year_n corollar_n 2._o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n revel_v 11._o 3._o be_v the_o same_o concurrent_a time_n with_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n corollar_n 3._o the_o two_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n revel_v 11._o 3._o do_v represent_v the_o whole_a true_a church_n of_o christ_n during_o all_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n prop._n 24._o the_o second_o beast_n revel_v 13._o 11._o be_v a_o church-head_n own_v for_o supreme_a over_o all_o the_o roman_a jurisdiction_n and_o distinct_a from_o the_o first_o beast_n prop._n 25._o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v a_o secular_a sovereign_a power_n of_o the_o roman_n confederate_v with_o a_o ecclesiastical_a roman_a head_n in_o a_o antichristian_a idolatrous_a league_n and_o distinct_a from_o he_o coral_n 1._o the_o second_o beast_n revel_v 13._o 11._o be_v a_o succession_n of_o ecclesiastical_a person_n have_v supreme_a power_n in_o ecclesiastical_a affair_n coral_n 2._o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n be_v those_o two_o secular_a and_o ecclesiastical_a governor_n which_o be_v at_o this_o present_a time_n acknowledge_v supreme_a by_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n and_o distinct_a from_o one_o another_o coral_n 3._o the_o present_a imperial_a and_o papal_a power_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n concern_v the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n query_n 1_o whether_o at_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o the_o italian_a goth_n there_o have_v not_o be_v at_o least_o two_o such_o change_n of_o the_o secular_a government_n of_o rome_n since_o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n as_o may_v he_o call_v two_o different_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n query_n 2._o whether_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v not_o upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o goth_n by_o justinian_n the_o several_a opinion_n concern_v the_o beast_n in_o the_o apocalypse_n it_o be_v general_o agree_v by_o all_o the_o considerable_a interpreter_n of_o all_o church_n in_o this_o present_a age_n that_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n do_v signify_v some_o idolatrous_a state_n of_o roman_a reign_n for_o they_o all_o agree_v that_o by_o babylon_n must_v be_v mean_v some_o domination_n of_o rome_n but_o there_o be_v three_o main_a difference_n among_o they_o in_o respect_n of_o the_o age_n to_o which_o they_o fix_v their_o interpretation_n some_o do_v apply_v these_o vision_n to_o the_o affair_n of_o rome-heathen_a and_o so_o maintain_v that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o concern_v of_o these_o vision_n be_v already_o past_a other_o apply_v they_o to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n who_o contend_v that_o the_o matter_n of_o they_o be_v not_o yet_o begin_v to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o other_o again_o interpret_v they_o of_o the_o present_a time_n in_o which_o we_o live_v and_o of_o many_o age_n past_a since_o the_o time_n of_o rome-heathen_a there_o be_v some_o other_o opinion_n that_o be_v a_o mixture_n of_o these_o but_o these_o be_v the_o only_a considerable_a difference_n of_o the_o interpreter_n of_o our_o present_a age._n 1._o those_o that_o lay_v this_o scene_n in_o rome-heathen_a they_o make_v the_o beast_n consider_v as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o his_o head_n and_o horn_n to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n or_o nation_n and_o when_o that_o term_n be_v use_v only_o for_o he_o who_o be_v call_v the_o eight_o king_n it_o be_v then_o the_o roman_a nation_n under_o that_o particular_a king_n or_o he_o himself_o rule_v the_o roman_n the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o persecution_n of_o roman_a emperor_n either_o of_o so_o many_o single_a emperor_n or_o of_o so_o many_o kind_n of_o persecute_v emperor_n of_o this_o opinion_n be_v the_o late_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n and_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n etc._n etc._n 2._o those_o that_o defer_v the_o application_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o some_o state_n of_o rome_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n be_v more_o uncertain_a they_o will_v have_v many_o of_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v say_v of_o babylon_n alone_o by_o itself_o to_o belong_v to_o rome-heathen_a but_o far_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o account_n of_o it_o and_o all_o that_o concern_v the_o history_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o determine_v to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o appearance_n of_o antichrist_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n according_a to_o the_o literal_a acceptation_n of_o that_o space_n of_o time_n mention_v five_o several_a time_n within_o the_o compass_n of_o three_o chapter_n therefore_o be_v they_o force_v to_o make_v the_o beast_n signify_v the_o world_n of_o wicked_a man_n in_o general_a when_o take_v for_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o its_o head_n and_o horn_n but_o the_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o when_o use_v to_o signify_v the_o eight_o king_n only_o they_o determine_v to_o be_v either_o some_o roman_a antichrist_n or_o which_o be_v much_o the_o same_o the_o devil_n in_o antichrist_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n as_o the_o seven_o king_n in_o the_o roman_a territory_n the_o seven_o head_n they_o will_v have_v to_o be_v seven_o age_n of_o the_o world_n with_o the_o several_a tyrant_n against_o the_o church_n of_o god_n in_o each_o of_o they_o the_o six_o of_o which_o be_v that_o age_n in_o which_o st._n john_n live_v because_o it_o be_v say_v five_o be_v past_a one_o be_v which_o appear_v to_o be_v the_o ground_n of_o all_o this_o opinion_n that_o they_o may_v make_v the_o six_o head_n continue_v from_o st._n john_n time_n to_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n who_o they_o make_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o of_o this_o opinion_n be_v almost_o all_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n and_o ground_n themselves_o for_o it_o upon_o the_o general_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n concern_v the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o reign_n of_o antichrist_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o alcazar_n say_v of_o they_o that_o they_o think_v it_o so_o certain_a that_o there_o be_v no_o doubt_n to_o be_v make_v of_o it_o disput_fw-la in_o argument_n totius_fw-la cap._n 13._o apocal._n but_o alcazar_n himself_o be_v of_o another_o mind_n and_o after_o twenty_o year_n labour_n in_o this_o study_n say_v that_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o from_o its_o allusion_n to_o the_o ten_o horn_a beast_n in_o daniel_n that_o this_o whole_a beast_n be_v nothing_o but_o the_o roman_a empire_n disputat_fw-la in_o argument_n cap._n 13._o apocal._n and_o that_o to_o fly_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o whole_a world_n for_o the_o beast_n and_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v seven_o age_n in_o it_o be_v so_o force_v and_o wrest_v a_o interpretation_n that_o any_o one_o may_v observe_v it_o disput_fw-la 1a._o in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n and_o that_o ribera_n opinion_n do_v offer_v a_o fair_a occasion_n to_o the_o heretic_n to_o calumniate_v the_o roman_a church_n as_o be_v at_o last_o to_o be_v a_o apostate_n from_o the_o faith_n on_o the_o other_o side_n cornelius_z à _fw-la lapide_fw-la do_v thus_o censure_v the_o first_o opinion_n that_o interpret_v all_o of_o rome_n heathen_a and_o which_o therefore_o be_v force_v to_o interpret_v the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o vision_n of_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o jewish_a commonwealth_n or_o synagogue_n as_o salmeron_n and_o alcazar_n in_o particular_a so_o also_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n he_o say_v of_o this_o opinion_n in_o prolegomen_n in_o apocal._n that_o it_o be_v 1._o a_o innovation_n 2._o mystical_a not_o historical_a 3._o of_o a_o prophecy_n it_o make_v the_o apocalypse_n a_o history_n for_o the_o jewish_a state_n be_v down_o before_o the_o writing_n these_o thing_n 4._o because_o it_o be_v against_o the_o agreeing-sense_n of_o the_o father_n he_o say_v further_a in_o the_o same_o place_n that_o though_o it_o be_v not_o flattery_n yet_o it_o be_v only_o a_o love_n to_o and_o reverence_n for_o the_o apostolic_a see_v and_o a_o zeal_n for_o the_o honour_n of_o it_o that_o put_v alcazar_n upon_o this_o opinion_n as_o he_o himself_o do_v ingenuous_o confess_v but_o ribera_n say_v positive_o that_o he_o be_v blind_a that_o do_v not_o see_v that_o
the_o judge_v the_o dead_a v._n 18._o cap._n 11._o apoc._n which_o grotius_n and_o those_o of_o alcasar_n way_n interpret_v of_o the_o time_n of_o rome-heathen_a can_v be_v fulfil_v before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o last_o judgement_n comment_n in_o cap._n 10._o apocal._n numer_n 20._o the_o censure_n of_o both_o the_o two_o former_a opinion_n by_o the_o most_o eminent_a of_o the_o romish_a interpreter_n may_v very_o reasonable_o plead_v a_o excuse_n for_o a_o three_o advance_v in_o their_o stead_n by_o the_o protestant_n and_o that_o be_v this_o that_o the_o beast_n in_o general_n be_v the_o roman_a empire_n but_o when_o take_v for_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v the_o present_a rule_v power_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n that_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v seven_o successive_a change_n of_o roman_a government_n that_o the_o six_o of_o they_o say_v to_o be_v in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n be_v the_o imperial_a government_n the_o change_n of_o that_o into_o another_o form_n the_o 10._o rev._n 17._o 10._o seven_o king_n and_o the_o next_o to_o that_o the_o antichristian_a sovereignty_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n be_v the_o eight_o which_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o and_o therefore_o the_o three_o year_n 11._o v._o 11._o and_o a_o half_a so_o often_o mention_v by_o month_n and_o day_n must_v be_v so_o many_o prophetical_a year_n as_o there_o be_v day_n in_o that_o period_n according_a to_o the_o example_n that_o there_o be_v in_o scripture_n to_o take_v a_o day_n for_o a_o year_n in_o a_o prophetical_a sense_n for_o this_o they_o seem_v to_o have_v all_o the_o premise_n which_o be_v the_o main_a foundation_n of_o their_o conclusion_n from_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n themselves_o the_o general_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n for_o the_o roman_a empire_n they_o have_v from_o alcazar_n bellarmine_n etc._n etc._n to_o who_o agree_v grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n as_o also_o their_o acceptation_n of_o the_o seven_o head_n for_o roman_a governor_n from_o the_o same_o their_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v so_o many_o successive_a line_n of_o roman_a sovereign_n each_o of_o which_o contain_v under_o it_o a_o long_a succession_n of_o single_a person_n of_o the_o same_o sort_n be_v according_a to_o alcasar_n notion_n of_o the_o head_n and_o ribera_n though_o he_o make_v they_o not_o roman_a head_n yet_o contend_v much_o for_o 2._o in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 2._o their_o be_v seven_o general_a sort_n of_o sovereign_a power_n each_o of_o which_o contain_v under_o it_o a_o succession_n of_o many_o 15._o in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n num_fw-la 15._o single_a ruler_n of_o that_o kind_n according_a to_o all_o the_o know_a example_n of_o daniel_n and_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n and_o then_o since_o the_o prophecy_n say_v of_o one_o of_o these_o king_n viz._n the_o six_o that_o he_o be_v in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n that_o can_v be_v no_o other_o sort_n of_o sovereign_a power_n that_o contain_v a_o succession_n of_o many_o single_a person_n under_o it_o but_o the_o imperial_a government_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o the_o determine_n of_o this_o do_v thereupon_o make_v it_o necessary_a that_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o head_n or_o king_n shall_v be_v other_o title_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n and_o what_o then_o can_v be_v pitch_v upon_o for_o this_o end_n with_o more_o reason_n than_o those_o other_o change_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v frequent_o record_v by_o the_o roman_a author_n king_n consul_n etc._n etc._n whatever_o be_v the_o five_o first_o king_n yet_o it_o be_v less_o dubious_a that_o that_o which_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n must_v be_v the_o next_o change_n of_o roman_a government_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a that_o be_v in_o rule_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o the_o roman_a history_n do_v assure_v we_o that_o there_o have_v be_v at_o least_o two_o such_o change_n since_o that_o time_n and_o that_o therefore_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v somewhere_o in_o be_v at_o this_o present_a in_o the_o rule_v power_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n because_o he_o be_v describe_v to_o continue_v with_o babylon_n and_o the_o seven_o hill_n to_o the_o universal_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n therefore_o do_v they_o conclude_v that_o it_o must_v be_v the_o present_a rule_v power_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n because_o it_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v a_o roman-church-power_n and_o it_o can_v possible_o be_v any_o where_o else_o than_o there_o the_o head_n of_o the_o book_n book_n i._n the_o uniform_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n all_o over_o the_o revelation_n book_n ii_o the_o constant_a signification_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o its_o part_n all_o over_o daniel_n book_n iii_o the_o particular_a signification_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o its_o part_n in_o the_o revelation_n book_n iu._n the_o application_n of_o the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n errata_fw-la these_o necessary_a to_o be_v correct_v before_o the_o read_n of_o the_o book_n page_n 23._o l._n 27._o for_o it_o the_o read_v it_o the._n p._n 105._o l._n 17._o r._n pag._n 102._o so_o also_o p._n 107._o l._n 5._o item_n l._n 22._o r._n the_o same_o p._n 108._o l._n 30._o r._n pag._n 107._o and_o l._n 35._o no_o full_a point_n p._n 130._o l_o pen._n r._n prop._n 7._o p._n 141._o l._n 12._o for_o and_z with_o the_o seven_o king_n r._n revive_v p._n 180._o l._n 11._o r._n corol._n 2._o prop._n 8._o p._n 192._o l._n ult_n r._n pag._n 157_o 158._o in_o the_o marg._n r._n chap._n 4._o lib._n 3._o p._n 206._o l._n ult_n and_o p._n 207._o l._n 10._o for_o 140._o r._n above_o 40._o p._n 211._o l._n 27._o deal_n twice_o p._n 245._o l._n 28._o r._n prop._n 25._o l._n 30._o r._n prop._n 26._o so_o also_o p._n 247._o l._n 3._o p._n 270._o l._n 12._o r._n 261._o appendix_n p._n 19_o l._n 9_o a_o full_a stop_n l._n 10._o to_o be_v continue_v with_o l._n 11._o p._n 26._o l._n ult_n for_o never_o r._n after_o note_n of_o reference_n necessary_a to_o be_v correct_v before_o read_v p._n 138._o l._n 20._o strike_v outa._n p._n 139._o l._n 1._o strike_v outb._n p._n 142._o l._n 36._o r._n a_o consul_n p._n 143._o l._n 2._o for_o c_o r.b._n l._n 4._o for_o d_o r.c._n p._n 158._o l._n 16._o the_o note_n e_o to_o be_v set_v the_o line_n before_o the_o note_n following_z e_o be_v anticipate_v in_o the_o reference_n as_o far_o asl._n and_o p._n 165._o l._n 14._o r._n e_o panciroll_n and_o l._n 23._o for_o e_o r._n f_o etc._n etc._n p._n 190._o l._n 17._o r._n this_o chapter_n p._n 219._o l._n 12._o r._n note_v s._n p._n 242._o in_o the_o marg._n r._n note_v 5_o 6_o on_o chap._n 7._o lib._n 3._o p._n 259._o the_o note_n be_v right_a but_o p._n 266._o the_o note_n answer_v they_o be_v postpone_v for_o g_o r._n h_o for_z h_o r._n i_o etc._n etc._n to_o the_o end_n p._n 278._o l._n 8_o 9_o r._n note_n on_o the_o four_o chapter_n p._n 286._o l._n 23._o r._n m_o paullus_n bb_n cc._n p._n 311._o l._n 6_o 7._o note_n bb_o cc_o transpose_v in_o the_o reference_n p._n 315._o p._n 313._o l._n 2._o r._n note_v b_o on_o the_o 5_o chapter_n p._n 315._o l._n 35._o r._n note_v c_o on_o the_o 5_o chapter_n p._n 316._o l._n 8._o r._n note_v m._n l._n 17._o r._n note_v l_o on_o the_o 5_o chapter_n lib._n 4._o p._n 317._o l._n 10._o r._n ch._n 5._o l._n 22._o note_n b_o c_o d_o e_o on_o chap._n 4._o and_o note_v a_o chap._n 5._o lib._n 4._o l._n 23._o r._n chap._n 4._o l._n 24._o r._n note_n ay_o l_o on_o chap._n 4._o and_o i_o on_o chap._n 5._o lib._n 4._o other_o fault_n less_o considerable_a p._n 81._o l._n 36._o for_o by_o some_o r._n by_o he_o p._n 116._o l._n 23._o strike_v out_o possible_a to_o be_v p._n 132._o r._n in_o the_o marg._n chap._n 6._o lib._n 3._o ibid._n l._n 23._o to_o nation_n add_v or_o his_o western_a and_o eastern_a empire_n p._n 143._o l._n 6._o deal_n part_n last_o p._n 149._o r._n chap._n 2._o lib._n 1._o p._n 172._o r._n epagomenae_n and_o elsewhere_o p._n 180._o l._n 6._o to_o prop._n 6._o add_v prop._n 7._o p._n 238._o l._n 11._o r._n five_o day_n and_o a_o quarter_n l._n 14._o r._n roman_a year_n p._n 251._o l._n 16._o no_o full_a point_n p._n 288._o l._n 14._o r._n romijith_o &_o latino_n proper_a name_n and_o latin_a quotation_n sometime_o mistake_v the_o introduction_n concern_v the_o authority_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n which_o be_v show_v to_o be_v unquestionable_a the_o book_n of_o the_o revelation_n be_v acknowledge_v by_o all_o contend_a party_n to_o be_v the_o only_a distinct_a prophecy_n that_o we_o have_v of_o the_o successive_a fortune_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n from_o its_o first_o
king_n who_o have_v the_o gold_n mine_n of_o america_n or_o the_o port_n that_o rule_v over_o the_o east_n we_o shall_v most_o assure_o conclude_v that_o no_o other_o king_n now_o or_o hereafter_o can_v be_v mean_v by_o it_o but_o the_o king_n of_o france_n or_o spain_n nor_o any_o other_o port_n in_o the_o world_n but_o the_o ottoman_a port_n or_o constantinople_n and_o it_o will_v be_v altogether_o incredible_a to_o we_o that_o any_o learned_a person_n some_o hundred_o of_o year_n hence_o that_o be_v acquaint_v with_o the_o common_a use_n of_o those_o term_n in_o this_o age_n shall_v be_v so_o extravagant_a as_o to_o think_v that_o this_o may_v be_v mean_v of_o any_o other_o christian_n or_o catholic_n king_n in_o the_o world_n beside_o or_o of_o some_o other_o great_a eastern_a port_n some_o hundred_o year_n hence_o the_o most_o satisfactory_a instance_n of_o the_o wild_a imagination_n of_o learned_a man_n on_o some_o occasion_n be_v the_o example_n that_o bellarmin_n have_v give_v we_o of_o it_o in_o the_o very_a case_n before_o we_o whatsoever_o be_v the_o reason_n of_o it_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o he_o be_v in_o express_a term_n repugnant_a to_o himself_o in_o two_o contradictory_n assertion_n about_o this_o thing_n for_o in_o his_o second_o book_n de_fw-fr pontifice_fw-la cap._n 2._o hill_n 2._o joannes_n in_o apocalypsi_fw-la romam_fw-la passim_fw-la vocat_fw-la babylonem_fw-la et_fw-la aperte_fw-la colligitur_fw-la ex_fw-la cap._n 17._o apocalyps_n alioqui_fw-la respondeat_fw-la nobis_fw-la vellenus_fw-la quaenam_fw-la est_fw-la illa_fw-la babylon_n quae_fw-la in_o apocalypsi_fw-la imperat_fw-la regibus_fw-la terrae_fw-la bellarm._n l._n 2._o de_fw-la pontifice_fw-la romano_n cap._n 2._o ibid._n nec_fw-la enim_fw-la alia_fw-la civitas_fw-la est_fw-la quae_fw-la joannes_n tempore_fw-la imperium_fw-la habuerit_fw-la super_fw-la reges_fw-la terrae_fw-la quam_fw-la roma_fw-la &_o notissimum_fw-la est_fw-la supra_fw-la septem_fw-la colle_n romam_fw-la aedificatam_fw-la esse_fw-la for_o neither_o be_v there_o any_o other_o city_n in_o st._n john_n time_n that_o reign_v over_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o it_o be_v everywhere_o know_v that_o rome_n be_v build_v upon_o seven_o hill_n he_o affirm_v that_o it_o be_v plain_a from_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n that_o babylon_n be_v rome_n and_o show_v vellenus_fw-la his_o adversary_n that_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a it_o shall_v be_v any_o thing_n else_o and_o yet_o in_o the_o same_o book_n lib._n 3._o cap._n 13._o when_o he_o come_v to_o state_n what_o babylon_n be_v in_o that_o place_n of_o the_o revelation_n revelation_n respondeo_fw-la 1o._o dici_fw-la posse_fw-la cum_fw-la augustino_n areta_n haymone_n beda_n raperto_n etc._n etc._n non_fw-la intelligi_fw-la romam_fw-la per_fw-la meretricem_fw-la sed_fw-la universam_fw-la diaboli_fw-la civitatem_fw-la quae_fw-la in_o scripturâ_fw-la saepe_fw-la voco_fw-la babylon_n bellarm._n lib._n 3._o de_fw-fr pont._n romano_n cap._n 13._o this_o be_v before_o observe_v by_o malvenda_n p._n 226._o de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la mirati_fw-la impendio_fw-la sumus_fw-la etc._n etc._n i_o do_v extreme_o wonder_v to_o find_v a_o new_a author_n i._n e._n bellarmine_n to_o think_v that_o this_o beast_n may_v be_v either_o the_o roman_a empire_n or_o 15._o bellarm._n l._n 3._o de_fw-fr pont._n c._n 15._o the_o congregation_n of_o wicked_a man_n first_o say_v he_o it_o may_v be_v say_v with_o st._n augustine_n that_o it_o be_v not_o rome_n if_o so_o eminent_a a_o person_n can_v print_v such_o a_o express_a contradiction_n in_o plain_a word_n about_o a_o opinion_n which_o he_o can_v think_v to_o be_v necessary_o certain_a and_o clear_o express_v in_o the_o text_n at_o some_o time_n and_o that_o in_o a_o book_n of_o controversy_n in_o the_o face_n of_o his_o adversary_n and_o about_o so_o very_o remarkable_a a_o matter_n it_o can_v be_v at_o all_o strange_a to_o find_v learned_a man_n bare_o differ_v from_o one_o another_o in_o a_o matter_n which_o be_v apparent_o clear_a and_o certain_a and_o that_o remarkable_a observation_n of_o the_o jesuit_n ribera_n be_v a_o great_a confirmation_n of_o this_o namely_o fornicariam_fw-la namely_o hoc_fw-la dicam_fw-la ambrose_n qui_fw-la prius_fw-la negaverat_fw-la tandem_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o veritate_fw-la convictus_fw-la babylonem_fw-la romam_fw-la significare_fw-la confessus_fw-la est_fw-la ribera_n in_o cap._n 14._o apocalyps_n num_fw-la 30._o idem_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n v._n 16._o hîc_fw-la jam_fw-la nonnulli_fw-la scriptores_fw-la qui_fw-la aliter_fw-la interpretati_fw-la fuerint_fw-la veritate_fw-la ipsâ_fw-la coguntur_fw-la nobis_fw-la favere_fw-la nam_fw-la ambrose_n romam_fw-la dicit_fw-la esse_fw-la fornicariam_fw-la that_o such_o as_o have_v be_v of_o another_o mind_n in_o this_o point_n yet_o at_o last_o be_v force_v to_o change_v their_o opinion_n by_o the_o irresistible_a evidence_n of_o the_o thing_n which_o be_v a_o sufficient_a instance_n that_o man_n of_o learning_n may_v hold_v out_o awhile_o against_o the_o clear_a truth_n and_o that_o therefore_o their_o authority_n be_v not_o to_o be_v weigh_v against_o any_o conclusion_n that_o do_v otherwise_o appear_v undoubted_o clear_a to_o one_o self_n and_o to_o the_o generality_n of_o the_o judicious_a beside_o and_o now_o i_o may_v seem_v to_o have_v be_v unnecessary_o tedious_a in_o these_o last_o reflection_n but_o since_o i_o have_v find_v by_o long_a experience_n that_o the_o general_a prejudice_n to_o i_o and_o to_o most_o of_o the_o world_n beside_o against_o the_o clear_a thing_n in_o these_o vision_n be_v the_o strange_a different_a apprehension_n of_o very_a judicious_a man_n about_o they_o i_o think_v myself_o oblige_v to_o stay_v long_o enough_o upon_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o insignificancy_n of_o that_o scruple_n to_o take_v off_o all_o the_o power_n of_o it_o for_o the_o future_a and_o this_o will_n it_o may_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v of_o great_a use_n than_o it_o may_v at_o first_o be_v apprehend_v to_o be_v after_o this_o satisfaction_n about_o babylon_n the_o subject_a of_o the_o present_a proposition_n i_o find_v at_o the_o first_o sight_n that_o what_o be_v attribute_v to_o babylon_n in_o it_o must_v be_v acknowledge_v to_o be_v unquestionable_a consent_n consent_n as_o it_o have_v also_o the_o general_a suffrage_n of_o the_o interpreter_n 1._o as_o namely_o first_o that_o it_o be_v there_o signify_v to_o be_v procon_n be_v grotius_n in_o cap._n 17._o apocal._n mulier_fw-la est_fw-la roma_fw-la sed_fw-la notandum_fw-la cum_fw-la urbe_fw-la simul_fw-la notari_fw-la imperium_fw-la vrbis_fw-la the_o woman_n be_v rome_n but_o it_o be_v to_o be_v observe_v that_o together_o with_o the_o city_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v the_o empire_n of_o the_o city_n a_o manifest_a proof_n of_o this_o be_v the_o custom_n observe_v by_o all_o the_o governor_n of_o the_o province_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n when_o they_o return_v from_o their_o several_a government_n to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n they_o use_v to_o lay_v down_o the_o ensign_n of_o their_o authority_n at_o the_o gate_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n before_o they_o enter_v the_o city_n lib._n ult_n de_fw-fr officio_fw-la procon_n in_o rule_n or_o to_o be_v the_o seat_n of_o empire_n for_o it_o have_v all_o the_o ensign_n of_o majesty_n 5._o chap._n 17._o v._n 1._o 3_o 4_o 5._o array_v in_o purple_a and_o scarlet_a colour_n and_o sit_v upon_o a_o beast_n with_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n interpret_v to_o be_v so_o many_o king_n and_o call_v babylon_n the_o great_a the_o great_a whore_n 2._o that_o it_o be_v a_o idolatrous_a rule_n be_v assure_v from_o the_o name_n of_o a_o harlot_n and_o a_o whore_n and_o of_o fornication_n give_v it_o which_o among_o all_o the_o prophet_n do_v common_o signify_v nothing_o else_o but_o idolatry_n and_o apostasy_n when_o speak_v of_o a_o city_n in_o the_o same_o manner_n 3._o that_o it_o be_v also_o a_o antichristian_a tyranny_n be_v plain_a from_o she_o be_v say_v to_o be_v see_v drunken_a with_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o martyr_n 6._o v._o 6._o of_o jesus_n chap._n ii_o xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o former_a proposition_n make_v the_o standard_n to_o judge_v what_o kind_n of_o evidence_n be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v one_o sure_a of_o the_o interpretation_n of_o any_o thing_n else_o in_o the_o prophecy_n and_o four_o rule_n of_o interpretation_n draw_v from_o it_o the_o plainness_n and_o vsefulness_n of_o they_o i_o be_v not_o so_o vain_a as_o to_o think_v i_o have_v get_v much_o by_o the_o undoubted_a certainty_n of_o the_o former_a proposition_n to_o give_v i_o any_o hope_n of_o much_o better_a satisfaction_n about_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o interpretation_n for_o in_o all_o my_o former_a perplexity_n about_o these_o thing_n i_o never_o question_v the_o certainty_n of_o this_o and_o beside_o i_o see_v this_o to_o be_v general_o acknowledge_v by_o those_o who_o yet_o differ_v from_o one_o another_o in_o almost_o every_o thing_n else_o but_o however_o since_o this_o be_v the_o only_a certain_a truth_n that_o be_v then_o know_v about_o these_o thing_n it_o
find_v to_o signify_v the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o its_o antichristian_a domination_n by_o prop._n 1_o 3._o and_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o prophet_n for_o which_o the_o same_o expression_n with_o these_o here_o be_v use_v do_v signify_v the_o last_o end_n of_o that_o monarchy_n or_o rule_v power_n 4._o and_o beside_o it_o be_v the_o general_a usage_n of_o the_o prophetical_a write_n to_o set_v out_o the_o last_o ruin_n of_o a_o rule_v people_n by_o the_o desolation_n of_o the_o chief_a city_n of_o that_o nation_n at_o the_o same_o time_n thus_o be_v the_o ruin_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o israel_n judah_n egypt_n and_o of_o the_o babylonian_n represent_v by_o the_o desolation_n of_o samaria_n jerusalem_n noph_n and_o babylon_n 5._o but_o more_o particular_o be_v it_o set_v forth_o in_o this_o prophecy_n that_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n be_v not_o after_o the_o end_n of_o that_o monarchy_n which_o it_o here_o represent_v for_o the_o beast_n who_o head_n do_v represent_v this_o city_n and_o be_v himself_o call_v the_o king_n of_o it_o be_v not_o dethrone_v till_o after_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n in_o the_o 18_o chapter_n as_o appear_v chapter_n 19_o 20._o and_o chap._n 16._o 14_o 19_o the_o judgement_n upon_o babylon_n be_v betwixt_o the_o meeting_n of_o the_o strength_n of_o that_o monarchy_n in_o harmageddon_n and_o the_o last_o end_n of_o it_o in_o the_o 19_o chapter_n from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o babylon_n in_o none_o of_o the_o mention_n of_o it_o in_o the_o revelation_n can_v be_v rome_n corollar_n pagan_n this_o may_v safe_o be_v conclude_v from_o the_o name_n of_o the_o whore_n here_o give_v to_o babylon_n for_o when_o a_o nation_n or_o city_n be_v say_v in_o scripture_n to_o commit_v fornication_n or_o to_o be_v a_o harlot_n it_o signify_v that_o nation_n or_o city_n to_o have_v apostatise_v from_o the_o true_a religion_n to_o idolatry_n see_v the_o three_o first_o chapter_n of_o hosea_n and_o therefore_o must_v babylon_n here_o signify_v rome_n christian_n turn_v idolatrous_a which_o be_v not_o till_o after_o the_o time_n of_o rome_n pagan_n the_o name_n of_o harlot_n be_v indeed_o give_v to_o nineveh_n nahum_n 3._o 4._o but_o that_o prophecy_n be_v after_o that_o of_o jonah_n in_o who_o time_n the_o people_n of_o niniveh_n be_v say_v to_o have_v believe_v in_o god_n and_o to_o have_v repent_v jonah_n 3._o 5_o 10._o and_o so_o the_o idolatry_n of_o nineveh_n after_o that_o time_n be_v her_o apostasy_n from_o the_o true_a faith_n but_o it_o be_v much_o more_o confirm_v from_o the_o precede_a proposition_n for_o babylon_n be_v in_o all_o the_o mention_n of_o it_o the_o same_o antichristian_a state_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o rome_n by_o prop._n 2._o and_o in_o that_o state_n of_o it_o it_o be_v desolate_v by_o fire_n by_o propos_fw-fr praece_v but_o this_o be_v never_o know_v to_o have_v be_v do_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o rome-heathen_a there_o be_v nothing_o that_o have_v the_o least_o appearance_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o rome_n or_o of_o the_o dissolution_n of_o the_o roman_a government_n at_o constantine_n triumph_n over_o paganism_n much_o less_o be_v there_o any_o thing_n like_o the_o least_o part_n of_o the_o description_n of_o the_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n by_o fire_n as_o it_o be_v here_o most_o remarkable_o signify_v but_o grotius_n and_o dr._n hammond_n to_o uphold_v their_o application_n of_o these_o thing_n to_o rome-heathen_a will_v have_v rome_n to_o be_v babylon_n two_o hundred_o year_n after_o it_o be_v come_v under_o the_o christian_a emperor_n because_o there_o be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o now_o and_o then_o a_o consul_n that_o be_v pagan_n for_o that_o space_n of_o time_n after_o constantine_n triumph_n over_o paganism_n and_o therefore_o that_o the_o last_o desolation_n of_o babylon_n by_o fire_n be_v at_o the_o burn_a of_o rome_n by_o totila_n an._n 546._o where_o the_o storm_n of_o the_o enemy_n fury_n lie_v almost_o whole_o upon_o the_o pagan_a party_n and_o the_o christian_n be_v most_o save_v by_o fly_v to_o the_o church_n in_o the_o first_o place_n it_o may_v here_o by_o the_o way_n be_v observe_v what_o become_v of_o the_o ground_n of_o dr._n hammond_n confidence_n that_o the_o thing_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v all_o to_o be_v fulfil_v in_o the_o time_n next_o to_o the_o age_n in_o which_o they_o be_v see_v from_o what_o be_v say_v chap._n 1._o 1._o thing_n that_o must_v short_o come_v to_o pass_v for_o here_o be_v near_o five_o hundred_o year_n time_n allow_v by_o the_o doctor_n for_o the_o fulfil_n they_o and_o then_o he_o make_v the_o turk_n also_o to_o be_v foretell_v in_o they_o beside_o by_o gog_n and_o magog_n which_o require_v some_o hundred_o 8._o chap._n 20._o 8._o of_o year_n more_o and_o yet_o the_o doctor_n speak_v with_o a_o great_a confidence_n and_o assurance_n of_o the_o fulfil_n of_o all_o soon_o after_o the_o time_n that_o the_o prophecy_n be_v give_v but_o without_o further_a concern_v about_o that_o let_v we_o now_o observe_v the_o strange_a absurdity_n of_o this_o explication_n 1._o according_a to_o this_o rome_n must_v be_v babylon_n or_o rome_n for_o 200_o year_n after_o that_o the_o baylonish_n throne_n in_o it_o have_v be_v pull_v down_o and_o when_o its_o conquer_a enemy_n the_o christian_a church_n have_v be_v for_o all_o that_o time_n triumph_v in_o its_o room_n in_o the_o imperial_a throne_n in_o the_o public_a law_n in_o all_o part_n of_o the_o government_n and_o in_o the_o public_a place_n of_o divine_a worship_n 2._o and_o then_o rome_n christian_n whilst_o it_o be_v the_o possession_n of_o a_o 20._o rev._n 18._o 20._o christian_a prince_n must_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v burn_v to_o bear_v the_o vengeance_n of_o rome_n heathen_a for_o shed_v the_o blood_n of_o christian_a saint_n and_o martyr_n so_o many_o year_n after_o that_o heathenism_n have_v be_v there_o public_o triumph_v over_o 3._o the_o christian_n also_o who_o do_v then_o defend_v their_o city_n against_o 4._o rev._n 18._o 4._o another_o christian_a prince_n must_v be_v suppose_v to_o be_v call_v upon_o from_o heaven_n to_o come_v out_o of_o it_o and_o so_o to_o give_v up_o their_o master_n right_o to_o the_o enemy_n lest_o they_o shall_v be_v make_v to_o partake_v of_o the_o punishment_n of_o rome_n for_o its_o heathenism_n 200_o year_n before_o to_o which_o they_o be_v the_o great_a enemy_n for_o none_o be_v more_o zealous_a against_o paganism_n than_o justinian_n who_o be_v at_o that_o time_n lord_n of_o rome_n as_o appear_v by_o the_o severity_n of_o his_o law_n against_o it_o 4._o of_o the_o same_o extravagant_a nature_n must_v it_o be_v to_o make_v the_o 20._o rev._n 18._o 20._o heaven_n the_o apostle_n and_o prophet_n and_o all_o the_o faithful_a christian_n in_o the_o city_n at_o that_o time_n to_o triumph_v with_o joy_n at_o the_o burn_a of_o the_o house_n and_o good_n of_o most_o christian_n and_o a_o few_o pagan_n together_o and_o at_o the_o take_n of_o a_o city_n by_o the_o christian_a goth_n from_o the_o christian_a roman_n 5._o and_o the_o burn_a not_o a_o three_o part_n of_o rome_n as_o grotius_n confess_v of_o this_o exploit_n of_o totila_n and_o the_o slaughter_n of_o a_o few_o pagan_n in_o it_o must_v be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o giving_z rome-pagan_a double_a revenge_n for_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o prophet_n and_o saint_n and_o of_o all_o that_o be_v slay_v upon_o the_o earth_n by_o the_o pagan_a power_n of_o rome_n 6._o rev._n 8._o 6._o all_o over_o the_o empire_n it_o must_v be_v the_o give_v rome-pagan_a the_o cup_n of_o the_o wine_n of_o the_o fierceness_n of_o the_o wrath_n of_o god_n 19_o chap._n 16._o 19_o 6._o the_o pagan_a king_n also_o of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o rome-pagan_a some_o hundred_o of_o year_n before_o that_o be_v have_v comply_v with_o the_o roman_a idolatry_n must_v in_o this_o way_n be_v suppose_v to_o be_v alive_a to_o lament_v the_o sad_a condition_n 9_o rev._n 18._o 9_o of_o a_o christian_a city_n at_o the_o take_v it_o by_o a_o christian_a prince_n or_o at_o best_a the_o heathen_a king_n then_o in_o the_o world_n no_o body_n know_v when_o within_o many_o hundred_o mile_n of_o that_o city_n must_v grievous_o lament_v for_o the_o slaughter_n of_o some_o pagan_a roman_n with_o who_o they_o have_v be_v use_v to_o comply_v in_o the_o pagan_a way_n nothing_o indeed_o do_v make_v grotius_n more_o to_o be_v suspect_v of_o intend_v only_o to_o play_v with_o this_o prophecy_n or_o only_o to_o vex_v some_o hot_a apocalyptical_a man_n among_o his_o adversary_n than_o the_o seemingly-wilful_a application_n of_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n that_o have_v commit_v fornication_n with_o babylon_n in_o the_o 18_o chapter_n
in_o any_o thing_n here_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o his_o judgement_n only_o and_o the_o most_o it_o most_o cornel._n à _fw-la lapide_fw-la in_o cap._n 17._o apocalyps_n v._o 2._o exit_fw-la dictis_fw-la patet_fw-la non_fw-la esse_fw-la probabile_fw-la etc._n etc._n from_o what_o have_v be_v say_v it_o appear_v that_o it_o be_v not_o probable_a what_o a_o learned_a man_n have_v imagine_v viz._n that_o those_o thing_n which_o we_o meet_v with_o in_o this_o and_o the_o follow_a chapter_n may_v be_v understand_v of_o the_o sack_n of_o rome_n by_o alaricus_n gensericus_fw-la odoacer_n and_o totila_n for_o those_o exploit_n be_v not_o do_v by_o ten_o king_n as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o text_n but_o by_o single_a king_n nor_n be_v they_o so_o considerable_a as_o that_o shall_v be_v which_o be_v describe_v in_o the_o follow_a chapter_n that_o be_v the_o last_o and_o never-before-parallelled_a ruin_n of_o rome_n so_o also_o malvenda_n pag._n 186._o in_o cap._n 19_o v._n 9_o apocalyp_n it_o be_v manifest_a that_o this_o denote_v the_o burn_a of_o babylon_n that_o be_v of_o rome_n in_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n idem_fw-la pag._n 187._o equidem_fw-la si_fw-la cuncta_fw-la etc._n etc._n for_o if_o what_o the_o h._n evangelist_n have_v deliver_v from_o the_o 11_o verse_n chap._n 18._o apocal._n be_v observe_v one_o may_v see_v very_o plain_o from_o thence_o that_o john_n do_v undoubted_o prophesy_v of_o that_o state_n in_o which_o rome_n shall_v be_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n bellarmin_n lib._n 4._o de_fw-fr pontif._n cap._n 4._o nor_n be_v it_o any_o objection_n against_o this_o that_o rome_n be_v to_o be_v lay_v waste_n and_o burn_v according_a to_o rev._n 17._o 16._o for_o this_o will_v not_o be_v till_o about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n ribera_n in_o cap._n 18._o apoc._n v._n 21._o but_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o stone_n signify_v something_o more_o viz._n that_o babylon_n be_v to_o be_v utter_o destroy_v so_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v no_o footstep_n of_o it_o to_o be_v see_v and_o v._o 22._o after_o this_o manner_n do_v the_o prophet_n usual_o speak_v of_o city_n that_o be_v ruin_v jerem._n 25._o malvenda_fw-la de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la pag._n 185._o the_o first_o opinion_n viz._n that_o rome_n will_v be_v a_o idolatrous_a harlot_n in_o the_o time_n of_o antichrist_n be_v probable_a because_o rome_n which_o be_v to_o be_v destroy_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n must_v be_v destroy_v for_o some_o crime_n against_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n ribera_n pag._n 455._o in_o cap._n 14._o apoc._n num_fw-la 44._o for_o that_o rome_n shall_v be_v utter_o burn_v not_o only_o for_o its_o former_a sin_n but_o also_o for_o those_o which_o it_o shall_v commit_v in_o the_o last_o time_n be_v so_o manifest_o to_o be_v know_v from_o these_o word_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n that_o the_o silly_a man_n in_o the_o world_n can_v deny_v it_o eminent_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n do_v also_o agree_v in_o this_o opinion_n and_o show_v it_o to_o be_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o king_n the_o alcazar_n notat_fw-la 13._o prooemial_a the_o ancient_a father_n do_v agree_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v continue_v till_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v burn_v with_o corporeal_a fire_n and_o that_o also_o by_o ten_o king_n ancient_a father_n it_o be_v a_o great_a confirmation_n of_o the_o evidence_n of_o these_o inconvenience_n against_o the_o make_n babylon_n rome-heathen_a that_o they_o have_v force_v the_o most_o judicious_a and_o ingenuous_a of_o the_o roman_a interpreter_n rather_o to_o venture_v upon_o apply_v all_o to_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n in_o a_o apostasy_n from_o the_o roman_a church_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n for_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a according_a to_o the_o time_n of_o forty_o two_o month_n or_o twelve_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n assign_v for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n though_o they_o have_v thereby_o manifest_o endanger_v the_o two_o chief_a note_n of_o their_o church_n that_o be_v universality_n and_o infallibility_n for_o babylon_n must_v then_o seduce_v all_o nation_n and_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o must_v at_o least_o signify_v all_o the_o nation_n within_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n which_o must_v be_v vast_o great_a than_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n and_o then_o it_o will_v have_v the_o authority_n of_o rome_n itself_o at_o that_o time_n and_o of_o all_o its_o empire_n to_o make_v it_o a_o fallible_a and_o delude_a roman_a church_n great_a than_o any_o remain_a part_n of_o that_o church_n but_o the_o certain_a obstacle_n against_o this_o be_v first_o that_o rome_n must_v thus_o be_v suppose_v to_o get_v the_o conquest_n of_o all_o nation_n 18._o rev._n 17._o 18._o and_o of_o all_o the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n within_o three_o year_n time_n for_o that_o be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o time_n of_o her_o reign_n and_o not_o only_o to_o get_v such_o a_o miraculous_a conquest_n in_o that_o time_n but_o also_o to_o make_v all_o nation_n own_o her_o idolatry_n in_o that_o space_n of_o time_n which_o must_v be_v a_o far_o great_a miracle_n than_o ever_o god_n 2._o rev._n 17._o 2._o yet_o suffer_v the_o devil_n to_o work_v in_o the_o world_n and_o that_o also_o against_o all_o the_o light_n and_o resolution_n of_o man_n conscience_n to_o the_o contrary_a which_o be_v a_o more_o difficult_a matter_n to_o bend_v against_o the_o natural_a course_n of_o it_o than_o the_o subject-matter_n of_o any_o other_o miracle_n rome_n must_v also_o by_o this_o be_v suppose_v to_o advance_v all_o merchant_n to_o a_o incredible_a stock_n of_o wealth_n and_o riches_n within_o 15._o rev._n 18._o 15._o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a by_o foreign_a traffic_n with_o she_o for_o these_o merchant_n be_v to_o be_v all_o that_o trade_n by_o sea_n and_o the_o great_a man_n or_o prince_n of_o the_o earth_n and_o how_o monstrous_a a_o thing_n be_v this_o to_o think_v of_o foreign_a merchant_n 17._o v._o 17._o within_o so_o short_a a_o time_n when_o the_o business_n of_o but_o one_o ordinary_a voyage_n do_v take_v up_o the_o best_a part_n of_o one_o of_o those_o year_n this_o the_o chief_a author_n of_o this_o opinion_n ribera_n do_v ingenuous_o confess_v to_o be_v a_o very_a hard_a thing_n to_o imagine_v the_o manner_n of_o and_o that_o he_o himself_o do_v account_v it_o a_o wonderful_a and_o miraculous_a thing_n and_o thereby_o do_v seem_v to_o allow_v we_o the_o liberty_n of_o take_v it_o for_o a_o kind_n of_o incredible_a thing_n as_o miracle_n before_o they_o be_v do_v be_v general_o account_v to_o be_v and_o then_o this_o make_v it_o at_o least_o very_o high_o probable_a that_o the_o time_n of_o forty_o two_o month_n or_o of_o one_o thousand_o two_o hundred_o and_o sixty_o day_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n with_o the_o beast_n who_o carry_v she_o and_o to_o who_o seven_o head_n she_o be_v always_o fix_v must_v be_v understand_v in_o such_o a_o mystical_a sense_n as_o will_v give_v time_n enough_o for_o the_o thing_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v do_v in_o that_o reign_n and_o according_a to_o the_o use_n of_o such_o part_n of_o time_n in_o a_o mystical_a sense_n among_o the_o prophet_n by_o rule_n 3._o which_o will_v make_v the_o time_n of_o babylon_n to_o begin_v many_o age_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n from_o hence_o then_o it_o appear_v that_o we_o have_v this_o encouragement_n already_o for_o our_o hope_n of_o a_o clear_a determination_n of_o the_o application_n of_o this_o prophecy_n viz._n that_o there_o be_v but_o three_o way_n yet_o pitch_v upon_o for_o the_o application_n of_o it_o that_o be_v to_o rome-pagan_a to_o rome-christian_a and_o to_o rome_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n the_o first_o of_o which_o have_v be_v find_v to_o be_v very_o absurd_a and_o the_o last_o incredible_a and_o this_o be_v a_o invite_v foretaste_a of_o the_o satisfaction_n that_o may_v be_v expect_v from_o the_o more_o orderly_a and_o cautious_a examination_n of_o the_o ground_n of_o all_o clear_a determination_n concern_v these_o vision_n chap._n iu._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o inference_n draw_v from_o the_o former_a chapter_n to_o discover_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o three_o last_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o last_o called_z the_o beast_n a_o account_n of_o the_o author_n method_n the_o determination_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n to_o the_o time_n after_o the_o end_n of_o rome-pagan_a which_o seem_v now_o to_o be_v unquestionable_a do_v offer_v a_o very_a fair_a light_n for_o some_o general_a discovery_n about_o the_o mystery_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o head_n which_o seem_v by_o the_o order_n of_o they_o to_o be_v design_v to_o be_v the_o clue_n to_o direct_v we_o in_o
the_o intricate_a maze_n of_o these_o vision_n for_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n be_v represent_v as_o inseparable_a companion_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n the_o beast_n seem_v to_o be_v confine_v to_o that_o city_n by_o his_o head_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o hill_n upon_o which_o the_o city_n be_v seat_v and_o since_o it_o be_v already_o know_v what_o city_n babylon_n be_v it_o can_v then_o be_v doubt_v but_o that_o the_o beast_n who_o be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o king_n must_v be_v the_o king_n of_o that_o city_n so_o that_o if_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n have_v be_v clear_o prove_v to_o be_v after_o the_o time_n of_o rome-pagan_a the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v also_o be_v allow_v to_o be_v as_o long_o after_o that_o time_n now_o if_o any_o part_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o be_v so_o long_o after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n this_o do_v plain_o determine_v what_o kind_n of_o king_n the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v who_o succession_n seem_v to_o be_v give_v on_o purpose_n to_o measure_v out_o the_o time_n betwixt_o the_o date_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o the_o appearance_n of_o the_o last_o of_o they_o in_o rule_n call_v the_o beast_n for_o the_o beast_n be_v determine_v by_o the_o prophecy_n to_o be_v the_o three_o king_n in_o order_n after_o he_o who_o reign_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n he_o be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o eight_o to_o 11._o rev._n 17._o 11._o he_o that_o be_v a_o six_o at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n from_o hence_o will_v any_o conclude_v that_o since_o the_o eight_o of_o these_o king_n or_o the_o beast_n be_v find_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n after_o the_o time_n of_o rome-pagan_a that_o be_v some_o hundred_o of_o year_n after_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n that_o his_o reign_n and_o the_o other_o two_o reign_n before_o he_o from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n in_o st._n john_n day_n can_v not_o possible_o be_v the_o reign_n of_o three_o single_a person_n only_o for_o there_o be_v near_o three_o hundred_o year_n betwixt_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o the_o full_a end_n of_o rome_n pagan_n before_o which_o the_o reign_n of_o babylon_n and_o the_o beast_n have_v be_v prove_v impossible_a to_o be_v and_o within_o that_o space_n of_o time_n there_o be_v above_o thirty_o succession_n of_o single_a person_n in_o the_o roman_a throne_n it_o will_v therefore_o next_o be_v necessary_a to_o inquire_v from_o the_o roman_a history_n what_o else_o the_o first_o of_o these_o three_o king_n who_o be_v say_v to_o reign_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n can_v possible_o be_v it_o will_v appear_v from_o thence_o that_o there_o be_v no_o other_o king_n of_o rome_n at_o that_o time_n but_o a_o single_a emperor_n wherefore_o since_o it_o have_v be_v find_v impossible_a that_o it_o shall_v be_v the_o single_a person_n of_o that_o emperor_n who_o be_v mean_v by_o the_o king_n then_o reign_v there_o be_v nothing_o else_o that_o can_v be_v mean_v by_o it_o but_o that_o form_n of_o the_o supreme_a government_n which_o the_o emperor_n title_n give_v name_n to_o or_o the_o imperial_a government_n then_o in_o power_n and_o consequent_o by_o the_o same_o reason_n must_v all_o the_o three_o king_n of_o which_o the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o 8_o or_o last_o be_v so_o many_o successive_a change_n of_o roman_a government_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n since_o therefore_o the_o first_o of_o these_o three_o king_n be_v know_v to_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n in_o the_o day_n of_o st._n john_n all_o that_o seem_v needful_a to_o be_v do_v to_o determine_v the_o time_n and_o the_o particular_a form_n of_o roman_a government_n that_o be_v call_v the_o beast_n be_v to_o inquire_v from_o history_n what_o successive_a change_n there_o have_v be_v in_o the_o roman_a government_n since_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o next_o change_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a government_n in_o those_o day_n must_v certain_o be_v the_o beast_n and_o bellarmin_n be_v so_o far_o of_o the_o same_o mind_n in_o this_o that_o according_a to_o he_o the_o true_a state_n of_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o they_o and_o we_o in_o this_o affair_n be_v whether_o the_o imperial_a government_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n have_v ever_o since_o that_o time_n be_v cut_v off_o which_o make_v he_o take_v such_o pain_n to_o prove_v that_o the_o same_o imperial_a roman_a government_n continue_v unchanged_a to_o this_o day_n and_o thus_o all_o the_o difficulty_n that_o remain_v seem_v according_a to_o he_o to_o be_v no_o more_o than_o to_o inquire_v after_o and_o right_o judge_v of_o the_o matter_n of_o fact_n from_o history_n for_o he_o grant_v that_o nothing_o can_v be_v mean_v by_o the_o beast_n his_o head_n and_o horn_n but_o roman_a power_n though_o he_o take_v no_o notice_n of_o the_o distinction_n and_o order_n of_o succession_n among_o they_o the_o seem_v evidence_n of_o the_o conclusion_n before_o mention_v even_o in_o the_o judgement_n of_o the_o most_o zealous_a and_o the_o most_o able_a defender_n of_o the_o roman_a interest_n be_v a_o very_a satisfactory_a proof_n that_o the_o angel_n that_o offer_v that_o explication_n of_o the_o mystery_n to_o the_o apostle_n do_v real_o intend_v to_o be_v understand_v according_a as_o one_o will_v expect_v from_o the_o promise_n of_o a_o explication_n of_o a_o mystery_n from_o so_o divine_a a_o person_n and_o this_o be_v a_o great_a encouragement_n to_o any_o that_o be_v willing_a to_o take_v the_o pain_n for_o it_o to_o search_v after_o the_o true_a mean_n to_o determine_v the_o right_a sense_n of_o this_o explication_n the_o angel_n first_o promise_n to_o unfold_v a_o mystery_n begin_v it_o in_o very_o know_v expression_n go_v on_o in_o other_o character_n that_o seem_v to_o be_v clear_a who_o will_v not_o then_o positive_o conclude_v with_o himself_o that_o the_o main_a stroke_n and_o mystical_a character_n in_o which_o it_o be_v express_v must_v certain_o be_v intelligible_a enough_o by_o some_o mean_n in_o our_o power_n especial_o when_o we_o find_v so_o many_o excitation_n in_o this_o prophecy_n to_o understand_v it_o but_o i_o see_v so_o many_o miscarriage_n in_o attempt_n in_o this_o way_n and_o can_v find_v so_o little_a clear_a satisfaction_n in_o the_o most_o cautious_a interpretation_n that_o i_o be_v afraid_a of_o nothing_o more_o than_o of_o be_v satisfy_v about_o these_o thing_n too_o soon_o there_o be_v such_o fair_a appearance_n and_o ground_n for_o strong_a presumption_n that_o the_o great_a danger_n lie_v in_o be_v too_o ready_a to_o close_v with_o a_o seem_o obvious_a sense_n of_o the_o angel_n explication_n my_o aim_n be_v at_o assurance_n in_o these_o matter_n and_o the_o best_a way_n for_o that_o i_o conclude_v to_o be_v to_o search_v for_o difficulty_n to_o counterpoise_v the_o too_o much_o proneness_n of_o my_o inclination_n to_o hasten_v to_o a_o determination_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o great_a variety_n of_o show_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o grotius_n make_v a_o great_a advantage_n of_o to_o the_o baffle_n of_o all_o the_o force_n of_o the_o best_a demonstration_n draw_v from_o the_o synchronism_n of_o the_o several_a description_n of_o it_o in_o the_o several_a chapter_n there_o seem_v also_o to_o be_v a_o great_a ambiguity_n in_o the_o notion_n of_o the_o beast_n there_o be_v no_o distinguish_a character_n of_o the_o head_n from_o the_o beast_n himself_o nor_o of_o their_o nature_n in_o general_a nor_o of_o their_o constitutive_a difference_n from_o one_o another_o and_o it_o seem_v but_o a_o presumption_n to_o make_v all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o head_n to_o take_v their_o determinate_a form_n from_o what_o be_v discover_v to_o be_v the_o nature_n of_o the_o six_o head_n upon_o which_o nevertheless_o do_v depend_v all_o the_o hope_n of_o come_n to_o a_o particular_a knowledge_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o without_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o particular_a time_n of_o that_o reign_n it_o be_v in_o vain_a to_o think_v of_o any_o thing_n of_o this_o nature_n these_o consideration_n make_v i_o conclude_v that_o the_o angel_n explication_n do_v suppose_v and_o direct_v to_o some_o other_o know_v key_n to_o come_v to_o a_o full_a understanding_n of_o his_o mind_n it_o be_v obvious_a thereupon_o to_o apprehend_v that_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o head_n and_o horn_n be_v very_o mystical_a kind_n of_o expression_n it_o be_v necessary_a for_o the_o clear_a knowledge_n of_o they_o to_o consult_v the_o common_a acceptation_n of_o they_o among_o the_o ancient_a prophet_n in_o like_a matter_n to_o these_o here_o before_o we_o according_a to_o rule_v 2._o i_o be_v soon_o satisfy_v in_o this_o i_o find_v by_o the_o unanimous_a ribera_n
beast_n and_o of_o the_o part_n of_o it_o signify_v dominion_n from_o the_o frequent_a use_n of_o those_o scheme_n in_o daniel_n the_o business_n of_o the_o three_o book_n be_v to_o apply_v these_o general_a notion_n to_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o to_o the_o part_n of_o it_o and_o from_o the_o know_a signification_n of_o that_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o in_o the_o prophecy_n be_v say_v to_o reign_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o from_o the_o immediate_a succession_n of_o the_o other_o two_o reign_n after_o it_o to_o determine_v the_o time_n of_o that_o particular_a state_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v by_o way_n of_o eminency_n call_v the_o beast_n alone_o by_o itself_o and_o the_o eight_o king_n and_o which_o be_v the_o great_a subject_n of_o these_o vision_n and_o then_o the_o explication_n of_o all_o the_o uncouth_a character_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o last_o finishing-work_n of_o this_o design_n in_o the_o four_o book_n and_o this_o may_v give_v the_o reader_n a_o distinct_a and_o comprehensive_a view_n of_o my_o whole_a design_n at_o once_o and_o of_o the_o order_n of_o my_o method_n towards_o it_o chap._n v._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o the_o distinct_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n inquire_v into_o the_o four_o proposition_n every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o those_o call_v the_o seven_o in_o general_a rev._n 17._o 10_o 11._o the_o eight_o king_n one_o of_o seven_o that_o be_v pass_v revive_v the_o five_o proposition_n every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n the_o beast_n be_v the_o beast_n under_o the_o last_o head_n the_o six_o proposition_n with_o its_o corollary_n the_o seven_o proposition_n the_o beast_n be_v a_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n in_o its_o idolatrous_a antichristian_a state_n the_o foundation_n of_o all_o satisfaction_n about_o the_o certain_a time_n of_o that_o idolatrous_a reign_n of_o rome_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o babylon_n do_v seem_v to_o depend_v whole_o upon_o the_o mean_n that_o be_v offer_v from_o the_o angel_n explication_n to_o determine_v the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o appear_v all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n with_o that_o city_n as_o its_o inseparable_a companion_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o other_o mean_n leave_v to_o fix_v that_o particular_a time_n but_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o three_o last_o reign_n of_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v on_o purpose_n single_v out_o from_o the_o general_a sum_n of_o the_o other_o five_o and_o to_o be_v distinct_o mention_v one_o after_o another_o for_o no_o other_o end_n but_o to_o direct_v we_o from_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o first_o of_o the_o three_o say_v then_o to_o be_v in_o rule_n when_o these_o word_n be_v speak_v and_o so_o may_v easy_o be_v know_v to_o determine_v the_o particular_a time_n of_o the_o beast_n who_o be_v make_v to_o be_v the_o next_o reign_n but_o one_o after_o that_o ruling-power_n which_o be_v then_o in_o present_a possession_n but_o before_o any_o thing_n can_v be_v well_o settle_v upon_o this_o bottom_n the_o use_n of_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v first_o sufficient_o clear_v for_o it_o seem_v to_o have_v a_o ambiguous_a signification_n in_o it_o which_o may_v defeat_v all_o our_o hope_n of_o fix_v it_o to_o any_o determinate_a meaning_n sometime_o it_o seem_v to_o signify_v a_o thing_n common_a to_o all_o the_o seven_o head_n when_o it_o be_v represent_v as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o they_o all_o in_o their_o several_a successive_a reign_n and_o sometime_o it_o seem_v to_o signify_v nothing_o but_o one_o of_o its_o head_n in_o distinction_n to_o all_o the_o rest_n wherefore_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v the_o first_o thing_n that_o be_v to_o be_v inquire_v after_o whether_o there_o can_v be_v any_o determinate_a and_o fix_a signification_n settle_v upon_o the_o use_n of_o this_o expression_n and_o the_o fear_n of_o mistake_v in_o so_o fundamental_a a_o point_n make_v i_o think_v it_o necessary_a to_o be_v very_o cautious_a of_o every_o step_n i_o make_v in_o it_o and_o to_o have_v a_o distinct_a comprehension_n of_o it_o before_o i_o settle_v myself_o upon_o it_o for_o this_o purpose_n i_o find_v it_o requisite_a to_o begin_v with_o this_o proposition_n as_o the_o ground_n of_o all_o that_o be_v to_o follow_v every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n reckon_v up_o in_o order_n rev._n 17._o 4._o proposit_n 4._o 10_o 11._o be_v one_o of_o those_o call_v the_o seven_o king_n in_o general_a v._o 10._o nothing_o can_v well_o be_v more_o plain_o signify_v than_o this_o in_o the_o text_n after_o this_o manner_n they_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v fall_v one_o 11._o rev._n 17._o 10_o 11._o be_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o when_o he_o come_v must_v continue_v a_o short_a space_n and_o the_o eight_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o what_o can_v more_o plain_o signify_v the_o part_n the_o whole_a sum_n of_o the_o seven_o king_n mention_v just_o before_o into_o five_o and_o one_o and_o the_o other_o and_o a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o for_o who_o will_v ever_o understand_v those_o word_n otherwise_o than_o in_o this_o plain_a sense_n they_o be_v seven_o king_n five_o of_o which_o seven_o be_v fall_v one_o of_o they_o be_v the_o other_o of_o the_o seven_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v etc._n etc._n and_o there_o be_v a_o eight_o who_o yet_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o before_o mention_v so_o that_o every_o one_o of_o the_o eight_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o therefore_o can_v there_o be_v but_o seven_o king_n in_o all_o this_o indeed_o seem_v to_o be_v so_o very_o plain_a and_o necessary_a that_o it_o may_v be_v wonder_v why_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v rather_o suppose_v than_o endeavour_v to_o be_v prove_v since_o there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o manner_n of_o ground_n for_o a_o doubt_n about_o it_o but_o only_o upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o eight_o king_n who_o yet_o to_o make_v all_o clear_a be_v say_v express_o to_o be_v a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o and_o be_v so_o grant_v to_o be_v without_o dispute_n but_o yet_o it_o be_v think_v needful_a to_o secure_v this_o by_o these_o reflection_n upon_o it_o because_o there_o be_v a_o considerable_a authority_n against_o it_o in_o defence_n of_o a_o particular_a hypothesis_n that_o which_o be_v allege_v from_o the_o text_n to_o make_v it_o capable_a of_o another_o sense_n be_v apoc._n be_v dr._n more_o vol._n 1._o p._n 647._o brightman_n in_o v._o 10._o c._n 17._o apoc._n that_o the_o seven_o king_n in_o the_o order_n be_v call_v the_o other_o and_o not_o the_o seven_o and_o that_o therefore_o he_o may_v be_v a_o king_n of_o a_o different_a nature_n from_o those_o seven_o king_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n because_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d in_o the_o greek_a signify_v sometime_o a_o thing_n of_o another_o nature_n and_o that_o to_o make_v up_o the_o number_n of_o those_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v the_o seven_o head_n the_o 8_o be_v say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o those_o seven_o but_o it_o be_v plain_a enough_o that_o the_o other_o in_o that_o place_n denote_v no_o new_a quality_n in_o the_o seven_o king_n but_o only_o refer_v to_o the_o signification_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o king_n just_a before_o he_o who_o be_v call_v one_o and_o that_o king_n be_v call_v one_o by_o a_o very_a proper_a and_o familiar_a way_n of_o speech_n without_o any_o ground_n for_o the_o least_o mystery_n in_o it_o such_o as_o this_o follow_v will_v now_o be_v account_v the_o seven_o head_n be_v seven_o king_n five_o be_v past_a one_o be_v at_o this_o present_a after_o which_o will_v very_o natural_o follow_v and_o the_o other_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v that_o be_v the_o other_o of_o the_o seven_o which_o be_v a_o usual_a and_o ordinary_a way_n of_o speak_v if_o not_o more_o proper_a than_o to_o say_v five_o be_v past_a the_o six_o be_v at_o present_a and_o the_o seven_o be_v not_o yet_o come_v and_o certain_o the_o seven_o will_v in_o the_o latter_a example_n appear_v to_o be_v nothing_o but_o one_o of_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o have_v at_o first_o be_v call_v the_o seven_o head_n when_o with_o this_o we_o consider_v there_o be_v mention_v here_o make_v of_o a_o 8_o can_v any_o thing_n be_v more_o manifest_a than_o that_o the_o other_o just_a before_o it_o be_v as_o certain_o the_o seven_o as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v express_o so_o call_v and_o that_o the_o one_o before_o that_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o 6_o and_o then_o of_o what_o can_v they_o possible_o be_v the_o six_o or_o the_o seven_o but_o of_o those_o seven_o king_n which_o be_v just_a
of_o the_o most_o wary_a and_o cautious_a judgement_n withhold_v from_o conclude_v that_o it_o will_v be_v a_o very_a strange_a thing_n if_o two_o description_n agree_v together_o in_o such_o multitude_n of_o most_o peculiar_a character_n never_o attribute_v to_o any_o figure_n before_o shall_v not_o real_o mean_v one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n to_o hear_v of_o the_o picture_n of_o two_o beast_n describe_v thus_o exact_o like_o one_o another_o in_o such_o a_o strange_a make_v of_o all_o their_o part_n and_o furniture_n with_o the_o same_o quality_n and_o action_n belong_v to_o they_o the_o same_o manner_n of_o rise_n the_o same_o time_n of_o continuance_n and_o agree_v in_o the_o same_o peculiar_a way_n and_o circumstance_n of_o their_o ruin_n and_o both_o these_o figure_n interpret_v to_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n in_o all_o their_o character_n that_o be_v interpret_v and_o then_o to_o see_v the_o thing_n wherein_o they_o seem_v to_o differ_v in_o word_n and_o expression_n to_o be_v find_v to_o be_v in_o reality_n and_o substance_n the_o same_o sure_o this_o will_v make_v any_o man_n forth_o with_o resolve_n with_o himself_o that_o these_o two_o must_v be_v the_o picture_n of_o the_o very_a selfsame_a beast_n and_o since_o they_o both_o be_v say_v to_o signify_v kingdom_n that_o they_o must_v represent_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n and_o if_o it_o shall_v not_o be_v so_o he_o will_v conclude_v that_o they_o be_v on_o purpose_n contrive_v by_o the_o relator_n of_o they_o to_o deceive_v man_n into_o wrong_a apprehension_n of_o they_o if_o he_o have_v give_v no_o plain_a intimation_n that_o they_o can_v not_o possible_o be_v the_o same_o for_o to_o mention_v a_o property_n or_o two_o in_o one_o which_o be_v not_o in_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o other_o will_v signify_v little_a to_o make_v he_o think_v they_o of_o different_a kind_n where_o there_o be_v such_o strange_a agreement_n unless_o the_o relator_n have_v give_v such_o a_o property_n to_o the_o one_o as_o can_v not_o be_v in_o the_o other_o from_o the_o plain_a description_n of_o it_o which_o be_v not_o the_o present_a case_n but_o after_o all_o this_o from_o the_o three_o last_o character_n of_o each_o of_o these_o beast_n it_o will_v appear_v to_o be_v absolute_o impossible_a that_o they_o shall_v be_v any_o thing_n but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o same_o kingdom_n they_o be_v both_o say_v to_o be_v destroy_v just_a before_o the_o universal_a and_o eternal_a kingdom_n of_o christ_n that_o rule_v over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o that_o for_o ever_o so_o that_o the_o description_n of_o that_o in_o those_o two_o place_n can_v possible_o signify_v more_o than_o one_o determinate_a kingdom_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o when_o they_o be_v destroy_v be_v say_v at_o that_o time_n both_o of_o they_o to_o rule_v over_o the_o same_o place_n the_o whole_a earth_n and_o for_o the_o same_o continuance_n of_o time_n before_o their_o destruction_n but_o it_o be_v absolute_o impossible_a that_o they_o shall_v be_v two_o different_a kingdom_n over_o the_o same_o place_n at_o the_o same_o time_n both_o destroy_v by_o a_o three_o that_o succeed_v in_o their_o place_n the_o beginning_n of_o the_o universal_a reign_n of_o christ_n with_o his_o saint_n when_o each_o of_o they_o be_v to_o be_v destroy_v be_v the_o same_o time_n and_o their_o rule_n over_o the_o whole_a earth_n at_o that_o time_n be_v over_o the_o same_o place_n and_o beside_o they_o have_v continue_v the_o same_o length_n of_o time_n over_o the_o same_o place_n before_o their_o destruction_n and_o be_v both_o destroy_v after_o the_o very_a same_o and_o that_o a_o most_o peculiar_a and_o unusual_a manner_n that_o be_v by_o fire_n dan._n 7._o 11._o rev._n 19_o 20._o it_o be_v therefore_o unquestionable_a that_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o especial_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n from_o hence_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o last_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v horn._n be_v malvenda_fw-la de_fw-la antichristo_fw-la p._n 224._o fixum_fw-la &_o stabile_fw-la &_o omnium_fw-la quoque_fw-la consensu_fw-la firmatum_fw-la etc._n etc._n it_o be_v sure_a and_o certain_a and_o confirm_v also_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o all_o that_o daniel_n do_v understand_v by_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o as_o it_o be_v point_n at_o with_o his_o finger_n nothing_o else_o but_o antichrist_n that_o be_v to_o come_v idem_fw-la pag._n 253._o it_o be_v the_o agree_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n and_o interpreter_n that_o antichrist_n be_v call_v the_o little_a horn._n the_o same_o with_o corollar_n 1_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n and_o therefore_o that_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n signify_v the_o same_o particular_a corollar_n 2_o roman_a rule_n with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn._n for_o the_o term_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n signify_v the_o beast_n with_o the_o last_o head_n by_o prop._n 6._o and_o the_o last_o head_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n by_o coral_n praece_v and_o the_o rule_n of_o the_o last_o head_n be_v a_o roman_a rule_n prop._n 7._o as_o also_o that_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v not_o begin_v till_o after_o the_o roman_a corollar_n 3_o empire_n be_v divide_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n for_o the_o little_a horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o that_o in_o the_o revelation_n by_o coral_n praece_v do_v not_o arise_v till_o after_o the_o ten_o king_n be_v up_o and_o beside_o do_v subdue_v three_o of_o those_o ten_o dan._n 7._o 8_o 24._o and_o from_o hence_o still_o be_v it_o further_o confirm_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n dan._n 7._o and_o the_o reign_n of_o christ_n over_o 14._o coral_n prop._n 11._o &_o prop._n 14._o the_o kingdom_n of_o this_o world_n rev._n 11._o be_v the_o same_o time_n of_o christ_n second_o come_v in_o glory_n for_o they_o begin_v at_o the_o same_o time_n at_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n and_o be_v universal_a from_o the_o begin_n of_o they_o thus_o do_v this_o last_o proposition_n about_o the_o four_o kingdom_n and_o the_o former_a about_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n much_o more_o strengthen_v the_o proof_n of_o one_o another_o and_o yet_o have_v evidence_n enough_o for_o they_o in_o themselves_o without_o any_o necessary_a dependence_n upon_o one_o another_o so_o that_o either_o of_o they_o may_v have_v be_v set_v alone_o by_o themselves_o but_o they_o be_v still_o more_o abundant_o clear_v and_o strengthen_v by_o the_o help_n of_o one_o another_o light_n it_o be_v therefore_o now_o manifest_a that_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v not_o yet_o past_a corollar_n 4_o for_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n corollar_n 2._o prop._n 15._o and_o be_v therefore_o to_o continue_v till_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n prop._n 14._o and_o corol._n 1._o prop._n 12._o this_o be_v acknowledge_v by_o most_o of_o the_o romish_a interpreter_n who_o according_a to_o the_o general_a opinion_n of_o the_o father_n do_v expect_v the_o come_n of_o antichrist_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n or_o just_a consent_n consent_n before_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n it_o must_v be_v acknowledge_v that_o both_o this_o proposition_n and_o the_o former_a and_o their_o consectary_n be_v deny_v by_o grotius_n and_o other_o but_o upon_o what_o small_a ground_n for_o it_o and_o against_o how_o great_a a_o evidence_n to_o the_o contrary_a may_v be_v see_v cap._n ult_n lib._n 1._o and_z cap._n 2_o 3_o &_o 15._o lib._n 2._o and_o lest_o the_o authority_n of_o great_a name_n shall_v have_v still_o too_o much_o weight_n in_o it_o to_o hinder_v one_o full_a assent_n to_o these_o present_a conclusion_n i_o will_v in_o the_o mean_a while_n have_v any_o one_o but_o reflect_v upon_o one_o of_o the_o tenet_n of_o the_o grotian_n way_n to_o which_o they_o be_v force_v to_o maintain_v their_o singularity_n in_o the_o present_a case_n and_o that_o be_v their_o opinion_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n for_o that_o be_v sufficient_a to_o make_v one_o very_o much_o unconcern_v at_o any_o thing_n that_o be_v build_v upon_o it_o the_o modern_a jew_n be_v just_o admire_v for_o deny_v that_o by_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n be_v mean_v the_o messiah_n but_o it_o be_v much_o more_o monstrous_a in_o these_o man_n
name_n of_o beast_n and_o horn_n be_v often_o mention_v among_o the_o other_o prophet_n for_o that_o purpose_n but_o that_o which_o take_v away_o all_o the_o fear_n of_o the_o unintelligibleness_n of_o these_o figure_n be_v the_o explication_n that_o be_v give_v by_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o their_o horn_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n which_o be_v by_o all_o acknowledge_a to_o be_v very_o manifest_o determine_v and_o be_v a_o clear_a instance_n of_o the_o general_a signification_n of_o those_o mystical_a term_n in_o all_o other_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n beside_o from_o hence_o it_o be_v that_o there_o have_v be_v so_o unanimous_a a_o agreement_n among_o the_o interpreter_n of_o all_o former_a age_n concern_v the_o particular_a kingdom_n that_o be_v signify_v by_o daniel_n figure_n which_o in_o all_o reason_n ought_v therefore_o to_o determine_v all_o interpreter_n to_o the_o search_n of_o the_o constant_a signification_n of_o beast_n and_o their_o part_n in_o all_o those_o place_n to_o fix_v the_o notion_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o its_o head_n and_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n for_o the_o book_n of_o daniel_n be_v without_o any_o controversy_n own_v by_o all_o to_o be_v the_o place_n to_o which_o those_o uncouth_a figure_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v refer_v and_o from_o whence_o most_o of_o the_o peculiar_a phrase_n for_o such_o thing_n be_v transcribe_v and_o from_o a_o attentive_a consideration_n of_o all_o the_o figure_n of_o beast_n and_o their_o part_n in_o daniel_n one_o may_v observe_v the_o constant_a uniform_a signification_n of_o they_o to_o be_v according_a to_o this_o follow_a proposition_n in_o all_o the_o figure_n of_o beast_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n 16._o prop._n 16._o 1._o by_o the_o beast_n in_o general_n as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o its_o head_n or_o horn_n be_v signify_v a_o rule_v nation_n or_o people_n 2._o by_o the_o horn_n and_o head_n of_o a_o beast_n the_o several_a kind_n of_o supreme_a government_n in_o that_o nation_n 3._o and_o if_o they_o be_v describe_v to_o come_v after_o one_o another_o they_o signify_v so_o many_o successive_a kind_n of_o settle_a government_n over_o the_o same_o kingdom_n 4._o but_o if_o they_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n all_o at_o the_o same_o time_n they_o signify_v so_o many_o distinct_a sovereignty_n or_o kingdom_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o rule_v people_n 5._o and_o in_o both_o these_o kind_n do_v the_o several_a head_n or_o horn_n signify_v the_o settle_a continuance_n of_o that_o successive_a government_n or_o divide_a kingdom_n to_o their_o last_o end_n to_o make_v the_o proof_n of_o this_o the_o more_o full_a and_o to_o show_v how_o viii_o dan._n viii_o uniform_a and_o constant_a to_o itself_o this_o prophecy_n be_v in_o all_o its_o figure_n and_o that_o it_o may_v appear_v that_o there_o be_v one_o constant_a and_o determinate_a signification_n in_o the_o use_n of_o they_o i_o will_v prove_v by_o a_o induction_n of_o all_o the_o particular_a instance_n that_o this_o be_v a_o property_n in_o common_a to_o all_o the_o prophetical_a figure_n of_o this_o book_n which_o signify_v kingdom_n as_o the_o beast_n everywhere_o do_v that_o by_o every_o such_o figure_n in_o general_n as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o its_o part_n be_v to_o be_v understand_v the_o rule_n of_o some_o particular_a nation_n or_o people_n and_o by_o the_o part_n and_o division_n of_o the_o same_o kind_n in_o it_o that_o be_v say_v to_o denote_v dominion_n be_v mean_v the_o supreme_a government_n of_o that_o kingdom_n and_o if_o they_o be_v say_v to_o come_v after_o one_o another_o they_o do_v denote_v the_o succession_n of_o they_o in_o the_o same_o state_n but_o if_o they_o be_v say_v to_o be_v all_o in_o rule_n at_o the_o same_o time_n they_o signify_v so_o many_o divide_a kingdom_n in_o that_o nation_n or_o people_n this_o general_a proof_n from_o the_o uniform_a signification_n of_o all_o figure_n and_o their_o part_n will_v give_v we_o the_o more_o assurance_n of_o the_o common_a use_n of_o all_o these_o prophetical_a scheme_n and_o so_o do_v make_v the_o conclusion_n about_o any_o of_o the_o particular_a instance_n contain_v under_o it_o so_o much_o the_o strong_a and_o the_o more_o undoubted_a now_o there_o be_v ten_o whole_a figure_n in_o daniel_n which_o be_v interpret_v to_o signify_v kingdom_n there_o and_o they_o all_o confirm_v that_o general_a observation_n as_o may_v be_v see_v by_o the_o particular_a instance_n the_o two_o figure_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n concern_v the_o ram_n viii_o daniel_n viii_o and_o the_o he_o goat_n be_v of_o the_o most_o know_a signification_n of_o any_o because_o of_o the_o particular_a interpretation_n that_o be_v there_o give_v of_o they_o and_o therefore_o it_o will_v be_v the_o most_o convenient_a to_o begin_v with_o they_o the_o ram_n with_o its_o two_o horn_n be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o king_n of_o media_n 20._o v._o 20._o and_o persia_n which_o do_v very_o plain_o determine_v it_o to_o signify_v a_o multitude_n in_o the_o notion_n of_o it_o the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n can_v possible_o signify_v one_o single_a person_n only_o or_o only_o the_o person_n of_o darius_n conquer_v by_o alexander_n though_o that_o conquest_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o main_a thing_n there_o describe_v the_o ram_n therefore_o say_v with_o his_o two_o horn_n to_o be_v the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n must_v signify_v a_o succession_n of_o rule_v power_n in_o that_o dominion_n since_o there_o be_v but_o one_o king_n of_o that_o dominion_n at_o one_o time_n and_o then_o the_o two_o horn_n be_v join_v with_o the_o single_a mention_n of_o the_o ram_n and_o there_o be_v mention_v but_o just_a two_o sort_n of_o king_n viz._n of_o media_n and_o persia_n that_o be_v say_v to_o be_v signify_v by_o the_o ram_n with_o his_o two_o horn_n what_o can_v be_v plain_o than_o that_o the_o ram_n under_o each_o of_o these_o two_o horn_n do_v signify_v each_o of_o those_o two_o sort_n of_o king_n for_o a_o horn_n do_v very_o common_o signify_v in_o scripture_n the_o ruling_n or_o command_v power_n of_o the_o thing_n with_o which_o it_o be_v join_v and_o the_o ram_n be_v the_o same_o common_a subject_n of_o both_o the_o horn_n since_o the_o two_o horn_n be_v find_v to_o be_v the_o two_o kind_n of_o king_n the_o ram_n of_o which_o they_o be_v the_o horn_n must_v be_v the_o kingdom_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n of_o which_o they_o be_v the_o king_n or_o which_o be_v the_o same_o the_o ram_n must_v be_v the_o common_a rule_v nation_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n of_o which_o the_o horn_n be_v the_o king_n for_o since_o the_o ram_n with_o they_o be_v say_v in_o the_o whole_a to_o be_v the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o persia_n and_o since_o his_o horn_n be_v now_o find_v to_o be_v the_o king_n in_o that_o expression_n the_o remain_a signification_n for_o the_o ram_n as_o the_o common_a subject_n of_o both_o of_o they_o must_v be_v that_o which_o remain_v of_o what_o the_o whole_a be_v say_v to_o signify_v and_o that_o be_v media_n and_o persia_n or_o the_o rule_v nation_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n and_o though_o there_o be_v two_o different_a line_n of_o king_n in_o that_o dominion_n first_o the_o median_a line_n and_o then_o the_o persian_a as_o they_o be_v represent_v by_o two_o different_a horn_n yet_o be_v the_o dominion_n always_o count_v one_o and_o the_o same_o common_a kingdom_n and_o both_o the_o nation_n be_v always_o join_v together_o as_o one_o unite_a people_n thus_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o median_a rule_n the_o law_n of_o that_o common_a kingdom_n be_v call_v the_o law_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n thrice_o in_o one_o chapter_n dan._n 6._o and_o again_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o persian_a rule_n all_o over_o the_o book_n of_o esther_n be_v that_o one_o kingdom_n call_v persia_n and_o media_n but_o then_o to_o show_v the_o succession_n of_o the_o two_o different_a sort_n of_o rule_v power_n in_o this_o one_o kingdom_n the_o two_o horn_n of_o the_o ram_n be_v mention_v with_o this_o remark_n that_o which_o come_v up_o last_o be_v 3._o v._o 3._o the_o high_a which_o show_v that_o they_o succeed_v after_o one_o another_o and_o the_o last_o of_o the_o two_o horn_n be_v the_o last_o of_o the_o two_o king_n that_o they_o be_v both_o say_v to_o be_v must_v be_v that_o which_o be_v last_o mention_v in_o the_o interpretation_n or_o the_o king_n of_o the_o persian_a line_n which_o may_v well_o be_v represent_v by_o a_o high_a horn_n than_o the_o median_a line_n just_a before_o it_o because_o of_o the_o increase_n of_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n from_o the_o time_n of_o cyrus_n so_o as_o to_o have_v the_o title_n of_o the_o great_a king_n all_o over_o the_o
chapter_n there_o be_v five_o kingdom_n represent_v by_o four_o beast_n and_o a_o majestical_a appearance_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o saint_n and_o in_o the_o 2d_o chapter_n there_o be_v five_o kingdom_n represent_v distinct_a from_o one_o another_o by_o the_o four_o several_a quality_n of_o the_o part_n of_o a_o statue_n and_o a_o stone_n make_v a_o mountain_n if_o we_o can_v find_v these_o five_o kingdom_n in_o each_o to_o be_v the_o very_a 36._o chap._n 2._o 36._o same_o kingdom_n in_o reality_n as_o they_o seem_v at_o the_o first_o view_n of_o they_o to_o be_v from_o their_o be_v exact_o the_o same_o number_n of_o kingdom_n and_o from_o the_o extraordinary_a likeness_n of_o the_o five_o of_o they_o in_o each_o it_o will_v be_v easy_a from_o thence_o to_o conclude_v what_o be_v the_o signification_n of_o any_o figure_n in_o general_n as_o distinct_a from_o the_o several_a part_n of_o it_o that_o be_v represent_v with_o it_o in_o rule_n and_o power_n which_o be_v the_o first_o part_n of_o the_o proposition_n and_o here_o be_v this_o further_a encouragement_n to_o ground_v our_o hope_n of_o it_o upon_o that_o it_o be_v unanimous_o agree_v by_o all_o interpreter_n of_o consent_n consent_n all_o age_n that_o be_v considerable_a that_o they_o be_v the_o same_o five_o kingdom_n in_o each_o of_o those_o chapter_n tho'_o there_o be_v a_o different_a apprehension_n in_o some_o few_o of_o they_o from_o the_o rest_n about_o the_o particular_a name_n of_o these_o kingdom_n but_o because_o they_o have_v not_o distinct_o prove_v the_o certainty_n of_o those_o ground_n upon_o which_o they_o build_v this_o common_a agreement_n it_o may_v be_v useful_a for_o a_o constant_a assure_a satisfaction_n of_o this_o point_n once_o for_o all_o to_o reflect_v upon_o the_o evidence_n that_o there_o be_v for_o it_o and_o to_o put_v it_o into_o a_o close_a and_o distinct_a order_n to_o make_v it_o unquestionable_a consider_v then_o first_o that_o the_o 5_o kingdom_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n 14._o v._o 13_o 14._o must_v be_v some_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n for_o it_o be_v a_o kingdom_n give_v to_o one_o like_o the_o son_n of_o man_n by_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n who_o have_v 10._o v._o 9_o 10._o host_n of_o angel_n minister_a unto_o he_o which_o can_v possible_o be_v any_o thing_n but_o god_n himself_o and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v so_o peculiar_o own_v by_o christ_n himself_o all_o over_o the_o gospel_n that_o he_o can_v be_v more_o plain_o know_v by_o the_o name_n of_o christ_n or_o of_o jesus_n than_o by_o that_o and_o it_o be_v observe_v by_o a_o very_a accurate_a mede_n mr._n mede_n critic_n that_o there_o be_v no_o other_o place_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n that_o he_o can_v fetch_v this_o name_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n from_o as_o a_o name_n of_o the_o messiah_n but_o from_o this_o very_a place_n of_o daniel_n the_o circumstance_n of_o which_o our_o saviour_n do_v also_o express_o add_v to_o that_o name_n in_o his_o prophecy_n about_o the_o come_v of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n with_o great_a glory_n which_o we_o find_v in_o all_o the_o three_o gospel_n and_o be_v the_o same_o with_o what_o be_v say_v here_o of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o cloud_n of_o heaven_n to_o the_o ancient_n of_o day_n with_o a_o infinite_a multitude_n of_o angel_n about_o his_o throne_n and_o a_o very_a glorious_a appearance_n consider_v next_o that_o this_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n be_v say_v to_o be_v both_o eternal_a and_o universal_a or_o over_o all_o the_o earth_n there_o can_v not_o well_o be_v more_o care_n take_v to_o signify_v this_o than_o there_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v by_o the_o fullness_n of_o the_o expression_n for_o both_o of_o these_o for_o the_o eternity_n of_o it_o in_o such_o word_n as_o these_o a_o everlasting_a dominion_n which_o shall_v not_o pass_v away_o 14._o v._o 14._o and_o a_o kingdom_n that_o shall_v not_o be_v destroy_v and_o a_o kingdom_n for_o ever_o even_o for_o ever_o and_o ever_o as_o if_o it_o have_v be_v on_o purpose_n to_o stop_v all_o suspicion_n of_o ambiguity_n in_o the_o use_n of_o the_o word_n everlasting_a and_o for_o ever_o and_o then_o to_o assure_v the_o real_a universality_n of_o it_o it_o be_v call_v a_o kingdom_n that_o all_o people_n nation_n and_o language_n shall_v serve_v he_o and_o the_o greatness_n of_o the_o kingdom_n under_o the_o whole_a heaven_n and_o all_o dominion_n shall_v obey_v he_o and_o it_o do_v succeed_v in_o 23._o v._o 27._o v._n 23._o the_o place_n of_o a_o four_o kingdom_n upon_o earth_n which_o have_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o tread_v it_o down_o if_o now_o we_o look_v into_o the_o 5_o kingdom_n in_o the_o second_o chapter_n we_o shall_v find_v just_a the_o same_o character_n of_o it_o from_o the_o 44th_o verse_n it_o be_v to_o be_v set_v up_o by_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n it_o be_v never_o to_o be_v destroy_v nor_o to_o be_v leave_v to_o other_o people_n but_o be_v to_o stand_v for_o ever_o which_o secure_v the_o eternity_n of_o it_o from_o any_o succession_n after_o it_o and_o the_o universality_n of_o it_o appear_v from_o its_o break_n in_o piece_n and_o consume_v all_o other_o kingdom_n which_o have_v rule_v over_o all_o the_o earth_n especial_o the_o four_o kingdom_n which_o before_o it_o have_v subdue_v all_o thing_n even_o a_o three_o kingdom_n which_o bare_a rule_n over_o all_o the_o 40._o v._o 39_o 40._o earth_n here_o then_o be_v two_o kingdom_n both_o without_o end_n both_o over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o therefore_o both_o in_o the_o same_o place_n let_v the_o earth_n signify_v what_o it_o will_v since_o it_o must_v signify_v in_o both_o place_n at_o least_o the_o prophet_n country_n as_o all_o agree_v this_o make_v it_o appear_v that_o the_o latter_a time_n of_o both_o be_v most_o undoubted_o the_o same_o because_o they_o be_v both_o at_o a_o time_n or_o eternal_a in_o the_o same_o place_n which_o not_o two_o distinct_a kingdom_n can_v proper_o be_v that_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_n as_o these_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v both_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o god_n of_o heaven_n and_o such_o as_o begin_v to_o be_v set_v up_o in_o the_o day_n of_o the_o other_o king_n beside_o they_o both_o begin_v the_o universality_n of_o their_o reign_n at_o the_o ruin_n of_o a_o power_n which_o have_v devour_v the_o whole_a earth_n and_o 26._o ch._n 2._o 39_o 40._o ch._n 7._o 23_o 26._o which_o have_v break_v in_o piece_n and_o consume_v all_o other_o kingdom_n and_o do_v themselves_o rule_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o former_a so_o that_o they_o both_o then_o continue_v at_o the_o same_o time_n in_o the_o same_o place_n and_o the_o continuance_n of_o they_o both_o be_v to_o all_o eternity_n and_o then_o they_o begin_v their_o reign_n in_o that_o same_o place_n together_o or_o else_o that_o which_o shall_v come_v after_o the_o other_o will_v put_v a_o end_n to_o it_o which_o be_v a_o contradiction_n to_o the_o eternity_n of_o either_o of_o they_o it_o seem_v then_o to_o be_v absolute_o impossible_a that_o the_o five_o kingdom_n in_o each_o of_o those_o chapter_n shall_v not_o be_v one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n of_o christ_n eternal_a and_o universal_a and_o which_o begin_v at_o the_o ruin_n of_o another_o universal_a dominion_n before_o it_o now_o if_o the_o five_o kingdom_n in_o each_o of_o these_o chapter_n be_v the_o same_o the_o four_o also_o in_o each_o of_o they_o before_o it_o must_v be_v the_o same_o for_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o each_o of_o those_o chapter_n be_v the_o only_o rule_v power_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n when_o it_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o last_o for_o by_o the_o destruction_n of_o it_o the_o five_o get_v its_o dominion_n over_o all_o the_o earth_n and_o so_o the_o four_o can_v not_o possible_o be_v more_o than_o one_o and_o the_o same_o kingdom_n in_o each_o of_o the_o chapter_n because_o the_o whole_a earth_n in_o each_o must_v as_o have_v be_v observe_v signify_v at_o least_o the_o same_o place_n and_o there_o can_v be_v but_o one_o kingdom_n in_o the_o same_o place_n at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o each_o of_o they_o in_o those_o chapter_n be_v say_v to_o be_v destroy_v by_o the_o last_o for_o they_o be_v both_o destroy_v by_o the_o same_o five_o kingdom_n as_o have_v be_v show_v at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o be_v at_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o universal_a reign_n of_o that_o kingdom_n in_o each_o chapter_n two_o different_a kingdom_n can_v be_v destroy_v by_o a_o three_o in_o the_o same_o place_n and_o at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o each_o be_v one_o rule_v 27
time_n there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o manner_n of_o doubt_n but_o that_o they_o be_v all_o the_o same_o four_o in_o both_o chapter_n for_o otherwise_o there_o will_v have_v be_v a_o plain_a ground_n lay_v down_o for_o a_o delusion_n in_o this_o chapter_n also_o about_o the_o most_o momentous_a thing_n that_o can_v concern_v the_o church_n of_o god_n as_o have_v be_v observe_v and_o therefore_o do_v we_o find_v a_o unanimous_a consent_n among_o all_o sort_n of_o consent_n consent_n interpreter_n that_o whatsoever_o these_o four_o kingdom_n be_v in_o particular_a yet_o that_o they_o must_v certain_o be_v the_o same_o kingdom_n in_o both_o chapter_n thus_o be_v we_o at_o last_o come_v to_o find_v not_o only_o that_o the_o five_o kingdom_n in_o each_o chapter_n be_v the_o same_o particular_a kingdom_n but_o also_o what_o they_o all_o be_v by_o name_n and_o thereby_o be_v it_o manifest_a that_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o general_n do_v signify_v a_o rule_v nation_n and_o that_o the_o part_n of_o a_o beast_n signify_v dominion_n do_v denote_v the_o supreme_a power_n of_o that_o nation_n which_o if_o they_o be_v represent_v as_o exist_v all_o at_o a_o time_n do_v signify_v the_o division_n of_o that_o empire_n into_o so_o many_o sovereignty_n as_o we_o see_v in_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n according_a to_o the_o proposition_n at_o first_o lay_v down_o chap._n vii_o vii_o dan._n two_o &_o vii_o objection_n against_o the_o make_n the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o the_o 2_o d_o and_z seven_o of_o daniel_n the_o whole_a time_n of_o one_o rule_v nation_n answer_v it_o be_v unanimous_o agree_v among_o the_o interpreter_n of_o all_o party_n and_o interest_n that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o the_o 2d_o and_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n be_v the_o same_o particular_a kingdom_n how_o differ_v soever_o they_o be_v from_o one_o another_o in_o the_o particular_a application_n of_o they_o it_o be_v also_o as_o general_o agree_v among_o they_o that_o the_o two_o first_o of_o these_o kingdom_n in_o each_o chapter_n be_v the_o babylonian_a and_o persian_a monarchy_n but_o about_o the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o each_o chapter_n though_o acknowledge_v to_o be_v the_o scheme_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o dominion_n there_o be_v not_o the_o same_o consent_n for_o the_o particular_a application_n of_o it_o at_o the_o first_o mention_n of_o a_o difference_n one_o will_v be_v apt_a to_o admire_v what_o shall_v make_v any_o one_o sceptical_a in_o this_o matter_n who_o affirm_v the_o other_o two_o before_o this_o three_o to_o be_v know_v kingdom_n and_o that_o all_o the_o four_o do_v immediate_o succeed_v one_o another_o as_o have_v be_v observe_v to_o be_v acknowledge_v by_o all_o party_n for_o all_o that_o seem_v needful_a to_o be_v do_v for_o such_o a_o one_o satisfaction_n be_v to_o desire_v he_o to_o inquire_v what_o kingdom_n it_o be_v of_o the_o same_o kind_a and_o nature_n with_o the_o babylonian_a and_o persian_a monarchy_n acknowledge_v to_o be_v the_o first_o and_o second_o that_o come_v immediate_o after_o the_o second_o of_o these_o kingdom_n or_o the_o persian_a monarchy_n since_o the_o second_o be_v grant_v by_o all_o to_o be_v the_o persian_a monarchy_n from_o the_o time_n of_o its_o first_o great_a appearance_n in_o the_o world_n at_o its_o conquest_n of_o the_o babylonian_a who_o will_v not_o forthwith_o conclude_v that_o the_o three_o must_v be_v that_o whole_a monarchy_n which_o subdue_v the_o persian_a and_o succeed_v in_o its_o room_n that_o be_v the_o whole_a grecian_a monarchy_n this_o be_v the_o natural_a and_o obvious_a determination_n about_o it_o and_o according_a to_o the_o common_a rule_n of_o read_v the_o sense_n of_o all_o other_o place_n of_o scripture_n that_o be_v from_o the_o know_a use_n of_o they_o in_o the_o context_n it_o will_v be_v imagine_v that_o there_o must_v certain_o be_v some_o very_a great_a appear_a necessity_n that_o can_v make_v grotius_n and_o some_o other_o of_o this_o last_o age_n to_o judge_v the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o both_o chapter_n to_o be_v of_o quite_o another_o nature_n than_o those_o before_o it_o be_v especial_o since_o it_o be_v against_o the_o sense_n of_o all_o the_o ancient_n who_o have_v be_v find_v from_o st._n jerom_n to_o have_v be_v general_o agree_v in_o make_v this_o three_o as_o well_o as_o all_o the_o rest_n to_o be_v the_o successive_a rule_n of_o a_o whole_a nation_n the_o opinion_n of_o these_o innovator_n about_o the_o three_o kingdom_n be_v that_o it_o be_v the_o single_a reign_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a and_o that_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o both_o chapter_n be_v the_o division_n of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n among_o his_o ten_o captain_n immediate_o after_o he_o the_o reason_n that_o they_o rely_v upon_o for_o this_o new_a opinion_n against_o all_o the_o seem_a absurdity_n that_o attend_v it_o be_v chief_o these_o that_o follow_v 1._o because_o if_o the_o three_o kingdom_n in_o the_o 2d_o and_o seven_o of_o daniel_n be_v the_o whole_a greek_a monarchy_n than_o the_o four_o must_v be_v the_o roman_a which_o conquer_v the_o grecian_n and_o then_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n chap._n 7._o which_o come_v after_o the_o four_o kingdom_n there_o must_v not_o begin_v till_o after_o the_o end_n of_o all_o roman_a dominion_n upon_o earth_n and_o this_o be_v suppose_v to_o give_v too_o great_a a_o advantage_n to_o the_o jew_n to_o conclude_v that_o christ_n jesus_n at_o his_o first_o appearance_n can_v not_o be_v the_o king_n messiah_n or_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o his_o kingdom_n for_o he_o die_v about_o the_o begin_n of_o the_o roman_a monarchy_n after_o the_o complete_a conquest_n of_o the_o grecian_a 2._o this_o objection_n will_v be_v think_v to_o be_v much_o strengthen_v from_o the_o prophecy_n that_o our_o saviour_n and_o his_o apostle_n have_v give_v out_o about_o the_o time_n of_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n which_o seem_v to_o represent_v it_o to_o be_v the_o advancement_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n in_o the_o world_n by_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o jew_n its_o enemy_n in_o that_o very_a age_n when_o those_o prophecy_n be_v deliver_v and_o therefore_o can_v not_o agree_v with_o the_o come_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n if_o the_o four_o kingdom_n there_o before_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o son_n of_o man_n be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n 3._o again_o if_o the_o four_o kingdom_n in_o daniel_n be_v the_o roman_a monarchy_n than_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o that_o kingdom_n will_v be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n as_o appear_v from_o the_o exact_a agreement_n of_o the_o character_n of_o they_o both_o compare_v together_o but_o it_o be_v think_v impossible_a that_o the_o little_a horn_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n shall_v be_v the_o same_o for_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v viii_o dan._n viii_o not_o to_o arise_v till_o the_o four_o kingdom_n be_v break_v into_o ten_o kingdom_n three_o of_o which_o it_o be_v to_o subdue_v dan._n 7._o 8._o whereas_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n must_v necessary_o have_v be_v soon_o after_o that_o that_o prophecy_n be_v give_v which_o be_v long_o before_o any_o such_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n it_o be_v say_v both_o at_o the_o beginning_n and_o at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o book_n that_o the_o time_n of_o those_o 3._o rev._n 1._o 1_o 3._o thing_n be_v at_o hand_n and_o that_o they_o shall_v short_o come_v to_o pass_v and_o shall_v short_o be_v do_v and_o to_o make_v this_o unquestionable_a the_o 10._o rev._n 22._o 6_o 7_o 10._o prophet_n be_v command_v at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o prophecy_n not_o to_o seal_v the_o say_v of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o that_o book_n because_o the_o time_n be_v at_o hand_n 4._o it_o be_v most_o agreeable_a to_o the_o event_n and_o to_o the_o other_o part_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n to_o make_v the_o four_o kingdom_n to_o be_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n in_o the_o time_n of_o alexander_n successor_n for_o it_o have_v ten_o king_n arise_v out_o of_o it_o to_o signify_v that_o variety_n of_o kingdom_n that_o his_o captain_n do_v set_v up_o after_o his_o death_n and_o after_o these_o ten_o be_v there_o a_o little_a horn_n represent_v almost_o every_o way_n the_o same_o in_o every_o character_n of_o it_o with_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n which_o all_o agree_v to_o be_v antiochus_n epiphanes_n one_o of_o the_o successor_n of_o alexander_n captain_n 1._o in_o the_o first_o of_o these_o reason_n there_o be_v nothing_o to_o force_v a_o answer_n man_n against_o what_o be_v but_o the_o most_o probable_a sense_n of_o the_o word_n much_o less_o what_o have_v seem_v to_o be_v the_o
do_v hold_v good_a in_o this_o use_n of_o it_o also_o it_o will_v be_v explain_v how_o this_o first_o beast_n do_v also_o signify_v the_o earth_n the_o alcasar_n in_o cap._n 13._o apoc._n sect_n 6._o by_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o earth_n be_v signify_v a_o multitude_n of_o person_n as_o well_o as_o by_o the_o beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o sea_n ibid._n as_o well_o the_o one_o beast_n as_o the_o other_o be_v take_v not_o for_o single_a person_n but_o for_o a_o great_a multitude_n as_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n ibid._n as_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n do_v contain_v in_o it_o all_o the_o nation_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n so_o also_o do_v the_o beast_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o earth_n rule_n of_o the_o roman_n but_o in_o another_o manner_n of_o kingdom_n than_o that_o reference_n chap._n 18._o see_v reference_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n be_v so_o as_o that_o they_o be_v both_o in_o be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n for_o this_o second_o will_v be_v find_v to_o signify_v their_o church-rule_n as_o the_o first_o do_v the_o rule_n of_o the_o state_n prop._n 24_o &_o 25._o 3._o it_o may_v also_o be_v object_v that_o the_o two_o horn_n of_o the_o second_o 11._o v._o 11._o beast_n chap._n 13._o according_a to_o daniel_n must_v signify_v distinct_a sovereignty_n prop._n 16._o observat_fw-la 2_o &_o 4._o but_o since_o these_o horn_n have_v no_o mark_n of_o rule_n or_o dominion_n join_v with_o they_o and_o be_v particular_o say_v to_o signify_v the_o likeness_n of_o that_o beast_n to_o a_o lamb_n that_o do_v sufficient_o show_v a_o particular_a exception_n of_o they_o from_o the_o general_a rule_n in_o daniel_n and_o yet_o they_o may_v also_o signify_v the_o two_o distinct_a kingdom_n or_o jurisdiction_n of_o that_o beast_n over_o the_o temporal_a and_o spiritual_a affair_n of_o that_o nation_n after_o this_o how_o manifest_o do_v it_o appear_v to_o be_v but_o a_o contrivance_n only_o to_o serve_v a_o turn_n in_o be_v in_o alcazar_n in_o apoc._n c._n 12._o de_fw-la 10_o corn._n it_o be_v most_o evident_a that_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n do_v signify_v the_o roman_a empire_n but_o those_o which_o be_v not_o roman_a commander_n can_v be_v the_o horn_n of_o that_o beast_n ibid._n ribera_n understand_v by_o the_o beast_n the_o whole_a world_n which_o do_v easy_o fall_v to_o the_o ground_n of_o itself_o for_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o daniel_n do_v prophesy_v of_o the_o roman_a empire_n only_o viz._n in_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n chap._n 7._o ibid._n another_o opinion_n of_o he_o be_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n shall_v be_v idolatrous_a which_o conjecture_n be_v very_o vain_a and_o empty_a for_o than_o it_o will_v be_v another_o empire_n as_o the_o empire_n that_o be_v now_o in_o greece_n be_v quite_o different_a from_o that_o which_o be_v represent_v by_o the_o three_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n idem_n in_o cap._n 17._o v._n 11._o but_o any_o one_o may_v easy_o see_v how_o force_v all_o that_o interpretation_n be_v à _fw-la lapide_fw-la ribera_n and_o a_o number_n of_o other_o reference_n see_v reference_n eminent_a person_n of_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n to_o make_v the_o general_a notion_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n to_o signify_v the_o world_n in_o general_a and_o the_o seven_o head_n to_o be_v seven_o age_n of_o it_o with_o the_o several_a tyrannical_a power_n which_o persecute_v the_o church_n of_o god_n in_o each_o of_o they_o notwithstanding_o that_o they_o be_v agree_v with_o all_o other_o interpreter_n about_o the_o constant_a uniform_a signification_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o of_o its_o head_n and_o horn_n all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o that_o the_o four_o beast_n there_o in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n be_v the_o particular_a monarchy_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o that_o the_o little_a horn_n of_o that_o beast_n be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o last_o head_n of_o this_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o yet_o reign_v yet_o alcazar_n in_o cap._n 12._o apoc._n de_fw-fr 10_o cornibus_fw-la quod_fw-la autem_fw-la romanorum_fw-la imperium_fw-la sit_fw-la extinctum_fw-la prorsus_fw-la videtur_fw-la certum_fw-la it_o seem_v to_o be_v altogether_o certain_a that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v again_o it_o be_v evident_a that_o the_o roman_a empire_n be_v destroy_v although_o the_o province_n of_o it_o be_v in_o the_o possession_n of_o other_o king_n and_o emperor_n ribera_n in_o cap._n 12._o apoc._n num_fw-la 14._o de_fw-la 10_o cornibus_fw-la that_o which_o the_o forementioned_a writer_n apply_v to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n because_o that_o be_v now_o altogether_o annihilate_v we_o understand_v of_o the_o whole_a world_n over_o which_o the_o roman_n reign_v do_v they_o not_o show_v the_o least_o intimation_n from_o the_o text_n to_o countenance_v this_o contradiction_n to_o their_o own_o judgement_n about_o the_o same_o word_n and_o phrase_n nor_o offer_v to_o give_v any_o example_n from_o the_o figure_n of_o the_o like_a kind_n to_o ground_v their_o fancy_n upon_o bellarmin_n indeed_o be_v more_o ingenuous_a he_o own_v the_o know_a signification_n of_o beast_n in_o daniel_n and_o that_o the_o four_o of_o the_o seven_o chapter_n be_v in_o particular_a the_o same_o with_o that_o in_o the_o revelation_n and_o from_o the_o certainty_n of_o both_o do_v acknowledge_v that_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v signify_v in_o general_a the_o roman_a empire_n and_o that_o the_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v all_o head_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o that_o the_o time_n of_o that_o call_v the_o beast_n be_v not_o yet_o past_a and_o what_o more_o convince_a proof_n can_v there_o be_v for_o the_o irresistible_a light_n that_o there_o be_v for_o these_o thing_n than_o to_o see_v so_o able_a a_o judge_n of_o the_o concern_v of_o his_o church_n in_o this_o affair_n to_o be_v force_v thereby_o to_o yield_v to_o it_o without_o any_o the_o least_o show_n of_o advantage_n from_o it_o to_o serve_v the_o cause_n that_o he_o be_v so_o zealous_a for_o but_o especial_o when_o we_o see_v he_o thereby_o force_v to_o desert_n all_o the_o other_o defence_n of_o his_o brethren_n and_o to_o reduce_v the_o whole_a merit_n of_o the_o cause_n about_o the_o charge_n lay_v against_o his_o church_n to_o this_o only_a issue_n viz._n whether_o the_o imperial_a roman_a government_n that_o be_v in_o rule_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n have_v be_v since_o that_o time_n cut_v off_o and_o succeed_v by_o another_o form_n of_o government_n which_o be_v to_o reduce_v the_o whole_a dispute_n about_o the_o matter_n of_o so_o great_a importance_n in_o the_o consequence_n of_o it_o to_o a_o question_n about_o the_o truth_n of_o a_o matter_n of_o fact_n only_o in_o history_n and_o which_o be_v give_v against_o he_o power_n he_o tacitus_n just_a about_o the_o time_n that_o the_o revelation_n be_v write_v reckon_v they_o up_o in_o this_o order_n in_o the_o begin_n of_o his_o first_o book_n of_o annal_n king_n be_v at_o first_o the_o governor_n of_o rome_n l._n brutus_n bring_v in_o the_o consulary_a government_n and_o liberty_n dictator_n be_v set_v up_o upon_o occasion_n the_o decemvir_n continue_v not_o above_o two_o year_n the_o consulary_a power_n of_o the_o tribune_n of_o the_o soldier_n last_v not_o long_o the_o domination_n of_o cinna_n and_o sylla_n be_v soon_o end_v and_o pompey_n and_o crassus_n yield_v to_o caesar_n and_o lepidus_n and_o anthony_n to_o augustus_n who_o take_v all_o into_o his_o hand_n under_o the_o name_n of_o a_o prince_n or_o emperor_n livy_n before_o he_o have_v give_v much_o the_o same_o account_n for_o all_o those_o government_n which_o have_v be_v up_o in_o his_o time_n in_o his_o 6_o book_n i_o have_v say_v he_o in_o the_o five_o former_a book_n give_v a_o account_n of_o all_o the_o war_n abroad_o and_o the_o sedition_n at_o home_n which_o the_o roman_n have_v have_v from_o the_o first_o building_n of_o the_o city_n to_o the_o take_n of_o it_o under_o king_n consul_n decemvir_n dictator_n and_o consulary_a tribune_n so_o onuphrius_n panvicinus_n in_o his_o preface_n to_o his_o fasti_fw-la consulares_fw-la for_o the_o city_n be_v first_o under_o king_n then_o succeed_v consul_n and_o sometime_o under_o decemvir_n and_o sometime_o under_o tribune_n of_o the_o soldier_n with_o consulary_a power_n and_o sometime_o under_o dictator_n cassiodorus_n in_o his_o chronicon_fw-la give_v the_o same_o account_n of_o the_o change_n of_o the_o roman_a government_n from_o king_n to_o consul_n and_o from_o they_o to_o the_o decemvir_n and_o the_o consulary_a government_n again_o interrupt_v by_o the_o military_a tribune_n and_o during_o all_o these_o space_n of_o time_n the_o intermixture_n of_o dictator_n upon_o
immediate_o succeed_v one_o another_o than_o it_o be_v certain_a that_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o first_o six_o return_v into_o rule_n again_o corollary_n for_o the_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v pass_v before_o return_v into_o rule_n again_o coral_n prop._n 4._o and_o it_o can_v be_v the_o seven_o because_o the_o three_o last_o king_n and_o therefore_o the_o seven_o and_o eight_o do_v immediate_o succeed_v one_o another_o prop._n 18._o so_o that_o if_o the_o eight_o be_v the_o seven_o and_o with_o the_o seven_o king_n it_o will_v be_v but_o the_o seven_o continue_v in_o be_v and_o therefore_o not_o a_o eight_o the_o eight_o king_n must_v therefore_o be_v one_o of_o the_o six_o that_o be_v pass_v before_o it_o it_o can_v therefore_o now_o be_v doubt_v but_o that_o the_o six_o king_n of_o the_o eight_o in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n 19_o proposit_n 19_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n of_o rome_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o six_o king_n be_v the_o six_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n prop._n 5._o and_o a_o head_n or_o horn_n of_o a_o beast_n do_v in_o prophecy_n signify_v a_o form_n of_o supreme_a power_n in_o a_o nation_n and_o the_o continuance_n of_o that_o form_n under_o all_o the_o single_a person_n that_o reign_v in_o it_o till_o it_o be_v change_v by_o another_o prop._n 16._o now_o there_o be_v no_o other_o government_n over_o rome_n when_o the_o six_o king_n be_v say_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n there_o but_o only_o that_o of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n the_o six_o king_n than_o must_v be_v the_o government_n of_o the_o roman_a emperor_n till_o that_o be_v cut_v off_o by_o a_o form_n of_o government_n of_o another_o name_n observe_v 4._o prop._n 16._o if_o it_o shall_v be_v object_v that_o by_o the_o six_o head_n or_o king_n may_v be_v mean_v but_o one_o part_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n or_o those_o only_a that_o be_v of_o the_o same_o line_n or_o family_n or_o of_o the_o same_o country_n or_o of_o the_o same_o religion_n or_o the_o like_a it_o may_v be_v reply_v that_o there_o be_v no_o warrant_n for_o any_o other_o signification_n of_o a_o new_a successive_a head_n or_o horn_n in_o the_o same_o jurisdiction_n than_o that_o of_o a_o new_a name_n of_o the_o govern_v power_n there_o be_v many_o other_o difference_n in_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o several_a king_n of_o the_o persian_a and_o grecian_a monarchy_n viz._n several_a line_n and_o family_n several_a different_a country_n but_o yet_o they_o be_v all_o comprehend_v under_o one_o and_o the_o same_o horn._n the_o only_a plain_a example_n that_o we_o have_v of_o the_o change_n of_o a_o single_a horn_n in_o the_o same_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o change_n of_o a_o head_n observe_v 3._o prop._n 16._o be_v that_o of_o the_o two_o horn_n of_o the_o ram_n dan._n 8._o where_o all_o the_o difference_n betwixt_o the_o latter_a horn_n and_o the_o first_o be_v that_o the_o last_o be_v know_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n whereas_o the_o other_o be_v call_v the_o king_n of_o media_n in_o the_o same_o one_o kingdom_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n there_o be_v therefore_o no_o warrant_n for_o make_v the_o six_o king_n any_o thing_n else_o but_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n till_o it_o be_v change_v for_o a_o roman_a government_n of_o another_o name_n there_o be_v no_o kind_n of_o scruple_n to_o be_v make_v against_o this_o upon_o the_o account_n of_o the_o name_n of_o king_n which_o be_v common_a to_o all_o the_o eight_o king_n for_o that_o be_v know_v to_o be_v very_o dubious_o use_v in_o scripture_n but_o especial_o in_o prophecy_n to_o signify_v either_o a_o kingdom_n or_o a_o government_n in_o a_o nation_n of_o another_o kind_n than_o the_o kingly_a government_n the_o most_o certain_a example_n of_o it_o be_v this_o present_a use_n of_o the_o word_n king_n where_o it_o must_v at_o least_o signify_v a_o emperor_n which_o be_v a_o government_n of_o another_o denomination_n and_o so_o different_a from_o that_o of_o king_n that_o the_o roman_n which_o permit_v the_o one_o be_v say_v to_o have_v diadem_n have_v hieron_n balbus_n de_fw-fr coronatione_fw-la c._n 13._o julius_n caesar_n etc._n etc._n julius_n caesar_n who_o when_o he_o have_v engross_v the_o dictatorian_n and_o regal_a power_n to_o himself_o because_o he_o know_v that_o the_o name_n of_o king_n be_v hate_v by_o the_o roman_n and_o even_o execrable_a to_o they_o to_o decline_v the_o envy_n of_o it_o instead_o of_o king_n choose_v rather_o to_o be_v call_v emperor_n when_o mark_v anthony_n the_o consul_n offer_v he_o the_o diadem_n he_o cry_v out_o aloud_o that_o he_o be_v caesar_n and_o not_o a_o king_n and_o throw_v away_o the_o diadem_n a_o hatred_n for_o the_o other_o grotius_n answer_n to_o this_o be_v that_o a_o emperor_n have_v real_o the_o same_o power_n that_o a_o king_n have_v but_o if_o that_o be_v sufficient_a to_o qualify_v a_o supreme_a power_n for_o the_o name_n or_o title_n of_o king_n then_o all_o the_o several_a different_a ruler_n of_o the_o roman_a state_n may_v as_o well_o have_v reference_n see_v reference_n that_o name_n and_o so_o be_v comprehend_v under_o the_o five_o first_o king_n here_o mention_v for_o the_o consul_n be_v say_v to_o have_v succeed_v into_o all_o the_o power_n and_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o king_n that_o be_v before_o they_o and_o all_o the_o other_o kind_n of_o government_n have_v the_o same_o authority_n and_o though_o there_o shall_v be_v some_o small_a difference_n in_o the_o degree_n of_o their_o authority_n yet_o that_o be_v no_o more_o than_o be_v to_o be_v find_v betwixt_o king_n betwixt_o ribera_n in_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n v._n 10._o numer_n 15._o but_o if_o any_o one_o shall_v think_v it_o hard_o and_o force_v that_o many_o king_n shall_v be_v signify_v by_o the_o name_n of_o one_o king_n and_o shall_v think_v that_o these_o seven_o be_v but_o seven_o single_a king_n let_v he_o know_v in_o the_o first_o place_n that_o all_o expositor_n have_v understand_v that_o in_o every_o one_o of_o these_o seven_o be_v comprehend_v a_o great_a many_o and_o that_o never_o do_v any_o take_v they_o to_o be_v seven_o single_a person_n only_o but_o victorinus_n who_o opinion_n all_o do_v deserve_o cry_v out_o against_o and_o then_o next_o let_v he_o understand_v that_o it_o be_v not_o unusual_a in_o scripture_n by_o one_o king_n to_o signify_v many_o of_o the_o like_a sort_n and_o as_o it_o be_v of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o body_n which_o be_v especial_o to_o be_v observe_v so_o in_o daniel_n 8._o the_o ram_n with_o the_o two_o horn_n do_v signify_v all_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n succeed_v one_o another_o in_o order_n and_o make_v as_o it_o be_v but_o one_o body_n who_o be_v therefore_o account_v but_o as_o one_o king_n so_o that_o in_o jeremiah_n chap._n 25._o and_o they_o shall_v serve_v the_o king_n of_o babylon_n 70_o year_n which_o it_o be_v impossible_a to_o understand_v of_o one_o single_a king_n different_a sort_n of_o king_n as_o for_o the_o plea_n that_o the_o name_n of_o a_o king_n denote_v a_o single_a person_n almost_o scripture_n almost_o ribera_n in_o cap._n 1._o apocal._n v._n 3._o numer_n 5._o citat_fw-la we_o may_v say_v that_o which_o be_v begin_v be_v now_o do_v or_o do_v wherefore_o since_o those_o thing_n be_v short_o to_o begin_v he_o may_v well_o say_v the_o thing_n which_o shall_v short_o be_v do_v although_o they_o be_v not_o short_o to_o be_v end_v this_o be_v the_o common_a use_n of_o speech_n and_o the_o use_n of_o scripture_n all_o the_o example_n in_o daniel_n of_o that_o name_n do_v show_v reference_n see_v reference_n that_o it_o do_v signify_v a_o succession_n of_o many_o single_a person_n in_o a_o kingdom_n prop._n 16._o part_v the_o last_o this_o grotius_n take_v no_o notice_n of_o but_o think_v it_o argument_n sufficient_a against_o it_o to_o call_v it_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d and_o quis_fw-la unquam_fw-la ita_fw-la loquor_fw-la to_o which_o ribera_n do_v best_a answer_n on_o cap._n 17._o apoc._n pag._n 528._o that_o all_o expositor_n have_v say_v so_o and_o never_o any_o but_o victorinus_n say_v otherwise_o but_o in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n it_o be_v evident_a that_o by_o the_o four_o beast_n call_v four_o king_n be_v mean_v four_o kingdom_n and_o by_o the_o four_o of_o these_o king_n the_o roman_a commonwealth_n for_o it_o be_v describe_v in_o that_o state_n in_o which_o it_o conquer_v the_o grecian_a monarchy_n which_o be_v in_o the_o state_n of_o its_o commonwealth_n and_o deut._n 33._o 5._o and_o judge_n 9_o 16_o 18._o chap._n 17._o 6._o ch_n 18._o 1._o ch_n 19_o 1._o ch_n 21._o 25._o the_o
of_o the_o beast_n in_o distinction_n from_o a_o horn_n all_o will_v then_o have_v understand_v that_o authority_n which_o be_v own_v for_o supreme_a by_o the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o it_o have_v be_v conclude_v that_o the_o angel_n do_v so_o explain_v his_o figure_n as_o all_o the_o world_n will_v understand_v the_o literal_a sense_n of_o they_o to_o be_v if_o there_o be_v nothing_o clear_a against_o it_o chap._n 2._o it_o do_v therefore_o necessary_o follow_v from_o hence_o that_o every_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v at_o the_o end_n of_o its_o reign_n when_o the_o authority_n corollar_n 1_o of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n do_v own_o another_o settle_a form_n of_o government_n for_o supreme_a in_o the_o room_n of_o it_o for_o then_o there_o be_v a_o new_a head_n of_o the_o beast_n constitute_v by_o prop._n prece_v and_o this_o show_v we_o the_o necessity_n of_o the_o follow_a consequence_n that_o the_o six_o head_n be_v at_o a_o end_n when_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n own_v another_o corollar_n 2_o settle_a authority_n in_o the_o room_n of_o that_o imperial_a government_n which_o have_v continue_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n 1._o for_o every_o head_n of_o a_o beast_n be_v at_o a_o end_n when_o another_o differ_a form_n of_o settle_a government_n be_v own_v for_o supreme_a by_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n by_o corol_fw-la 1._o praece_v and_o therefore_o must_v the_o six_o head_n end_n with_o the_o end_n of_o that_o form_n of_o imperial_a government_n which_o have_v continue_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o the_o six_o head_n be_v that_o form_n of_o imperial_a government_n by_o proposition_n 19_o 2._o again_o the_o six_o head_n and_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v by_o the_o angel_n declare_v to_o be_v the_o same_o roman_a rule_n that_o be_v in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o of_o both_o it_o be_v say_v 18._o rev._n 17._o 9_o 10._o 18._o that_o they_o be_v then_o in_o rule_n and_o join_v with_o the_o seven_o hill_n in_o their_o reign_n and_o that_o head_n be_v the_o imperial_a government_n at_o that_o time_n by_o prop._n 19_o wherefore_o whenever_o that_o imperial_a power_n shall_v be_v so_o cut_v off_o from_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n that_o another_o settle_a form_n of_o government_n shall_v be_v own_v in_o the_o stead_n of_o it_o by_o the_o authority_n of_o that_o city_n who_o will_v not_o assure_v himself_o that_o the_o imperial_a rule_n which_o have_v continue_v the_o head_n of_o that_o city_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o which_o be_v say_v by_o the_o angel_n to_o be_v the_o same_o rule_v power_n with_o which_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n be_v describe_v at_o that_o same_o time_n must_v necessary_o have_v then_o be_v at_o a_o end_n it_o may_v therefore_o assure_o be_v conclude_v that_o that_o six_o head_n be_v at_o a_o end_n at_o the_o time_n that_o another_o different_a form_n of_o government_n be_v own_v in_o the_o stead_n of_o it_o at_o rome_n this_o last_o conclusion_n do_v invite_v one_o curiosity_n to_o inquire_v from_o the_o roman_a history_n whether_o the_o imperial_a government_n be_v ever_o change_v or_o interrupt_v by_o any_o other_o settle_a form_n of_o government_n since_o the_o time_n of_o the_o prophecy_n for_o since_o the_o next_o form_n of_o government_n to_o the_o imperial_a or_o six_o king_n be_v say_v shall_v continue_v but_o a_o short_a space_n and_o that_o then_o shall_v arise_v that_o king_n 11._o rev._n 17._o 10_o 11._o or_o government_n call_v the_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o end_n of_o all_o our_o search_n one_o may_v easy_o see_v that_o the_o discovery_n of_o a_o change_n in_o the_o imperial_a government_n will_v determine_v the_o time_n of_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n which_o be_v the_o next_o form_n of_o roman_a government_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a that_o be_v in_o rule_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n and_o the_o follow_a account_n have_v we_o from_o the_o roman_a history_n of_o all_o the_o considerable_a change_n of_o the_o form_n of_o the_o chief_a government_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o revelation_n chap._n iu._n xvii_o rev._n xvii_o a_o account_n of_o the_o several_a change_n of_o the_o form_n of_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n the_o two_o emperor_n be_v joynt-partner_n in_o the_o government_n of_o the_o whole_a empire_n like_o the_o two_o consul_n the_o 22_o d_o proposition_n the_o six_o head_n be_v at_o late_a at_o a_o end_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n in_o augustulus_n the_o barbarous_a king_n of_o italy_n the_o absolute_a master_n of_o rome_n objection_n answer_v the_o imperial_a power_n continue_v the_o same_o from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o mention_n of_o it_o in_o this_o prophecy_n under_o the_o name_n of_o the_o king_n that_o be_v then_o in_o rule_n till_o about_o the_o year_n 160_o after_o christ_n when_o marcus_n aurelius_n make_v aelius_n verus_n a_o sharer_n with_o he_o in_o the_o imperial_a power_n under_o the_o name_n of_o augustus_n whereas_o there_o have_v never_o be_v before_o see_v two_o emperor_n with_o the_o name_n of_o augustus_n at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o this_o be_v take_v notice_n of_o for_o so_o new_a a_o face_n of_o the_o government_n that_o some_o date_v their_o fasti_fw-la 8._o spartian_a in_fw-la vero_fw-la eutrop._n 8._o consulares_fw-la from_o thence_o as_o a_o new_a epocha_n of_o time_n this_o way_n of_o take_v other_o into_o the_o society_n of_o the_o empire_n with_o they_o be_v follow_v by_o other_o emperor_n afterward_o as_o severus_n with_o his_o son_n caracalla_n caracalla_n and_o his_o brother_n geta_n the_o gordiani_n and_o in_o their_o time_n be_v there_o another_o government_n set_v up_o at_o rome_n itself_o call_v the_o twenty_o man_n who_o be_v choose_v by_o the_o senate_n to_o administer_v the_o affair_n of_o the_o whole_a commonwealth_n and_o ambassador_n be_v send_v to_o all_o the_o province_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o contain_v they_o under_o the_o obedience_n of_o the_o senate_n but_o this_o continue_a but_o a_o short_a time_n and_o give_v way_n to_o the_o exaltation_n of_o balbinus_n and_o papienus_fw-la to_o the_o imperial_a dignity_n by_o the_o choice_n of_o those_o twenty_o man_n themselves_o and_o with_o the_o interruption_n of_o some_o single_a emperor_n after_o they_o the_o same_o social_n form_n of_o empire_n return_v again_o in_o valerian_n with_o his_o son_n gallien_n and_o there_o be_v afterward_o sometime_o three_o and_o sometime_o four_z augustus_n together_o which_o seem_v to_o be_v much_o like_o the_o change_n of_o a_o dictator_n into_o two_o consul_n and_o the_o dictator_n and_o consul_n be_v account_v two_o of_o the_o five_o head_n or_o form_n of_o government_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v pass_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n another_o change_n be_v there_o in_o the_o imperial_a government_n when_o the_o emperor_n become_v christian_n and_o when_o the_o law_n of_o the_o empire_n be_v make_v to_o conform_v to_o the_o christian_a religion_n this_o seem_v to_o some_o to_o be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o government_n much_o more_o remarkable_a than_o any_o political_a change_n and_o to_o deserve_v to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o two_o form_n of_o government_n that_o we_o be_v in_o quest_n of_o and_o beside_o it_o seem_v to_o be_v plain_o describe_v in_o the_o 12_o chap._n of_o the_o revelation_n as_o a_o very_a considerable_a change_n of_o the_o government_n of_o the_o empire_n under_o the_o show_n of_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o dragon_n upon_o which_o the_o beast_n ascend_v into_o the_o throne_n present_o after_o in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n the_o change_n of_o religion_n again_o by_o julian_n the_o apostate_n do_v thereupon_o seem_v to_o put_v in_o for_o a_o title_n to_o another_o form_n and_o tho'_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n be_v very_o short_a yet_o it_o be_v as_o long_o as_o that_o of_o the_o decemvir_n who_o be_v determine_v by_o most_o of_o the_o approve_a interpreter_n to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o five_o head_n that_o be_v pass_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n beside_o that_o his_o reign_n be_v just_a almost_o the_o very_a same_o length_n of_o time_n that_o the_o beast_n be_v say_v to_o reign_v that_o be_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o the_o western_a and_o eastern_a seat_n especial_o when_o it_o come_v to_o be_v settle_v by_o theodosius_n seem_v to_o have_v a_o very_a fair_a claim_n to_o the_o title_n of_o a_o new_a head_n or_o change_v of_o the_o imperial_a government_n and_o like_v to_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o consul_n to_o the_o kingly_a government_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v make_v two_o of_o the_o five_o form_n of_o roman_a government_n that_o be_v pass_v at_o the_o
to_o avoid_v all_o disturbance_n in_o the_o city_n and_o prejudice_n to_o the_o church_n none_o shall_v be_v choose_v without_o his_o knowledge_n see_v also_o petavius_n rationar_n temp._n part_n 1._o lib._n 7._o cap._n 3._o the_o double_a strength_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n the_o coin_n also_o of_o the_o empire_n in_o the_o time_n of_o this_o division_n have_v both_o the_o emperor_n head_n with_o this_o inscription_n the_o mutual_a love_n of_o the_o two_o augusti_fw-la and_o whatever_o be_v there_o more_o like_a to_o the_o consul_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v one_o of_o the_o five_o head_n that_o be_v pass_v at_o the_o date_n of_o the_o prophecy_n than_o these_o two_o emperor_n after_o this_o come_v the_o western_a empire_n to_o be_v cut_v off_o by_o the_o barbarous_a nation_n odoacer_n who_o cut_v off_o the_o last_o emperor_n augustulus_n reign_v with_o his_o heruli_n sixteen_o year_n in_o his_o stead_n and_o how_o much_o he_o deserve_v to_o be_v account_v a_o new_a head_n of_o rome_n may_v appear_v by_o the_o power_n he_o have_v there_o to_o have_v a_o law_n make_v after_o make_v petavius_n rationar_n temp._n l._n 7._o c._n 3._o to_o prevent_v which_o that_o be_v the_o commotion_n in_o the_o city_n about_o the_o election_n of_o laurentius_n and_o symmachus_n upon_o the_o death_n of_o pope_n anastasius_n the_o whole_a controversy_n be_v remit_v to_o the_o determination_n of_o king_n theodoric_n according_a to_o the_o law_n make_v in_o that_o case_n by_o odoacer_n and_o he_o pronounce_v symmachus_n pope_n and_o many_o synod_n be_v about_o that_o affair_n in_o the_o year_n 501_o and_o some_o year_n after_o that_o no_o election_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n shall_v be_v valid_a except_o it_o be_v confirm_v by_o the_o king_n and_o also_o that_o in_o a_o controversial_a choice_n the_o king_n shall_v determine_v which_o of_o the_o elect_v shall_v stand_v this_o law_n continue_v also_o under_o synod_n under_o hieron_n rubens_n histor_n raven_n p._n 131_o 132._o the_o year_n after_o be_v there_o another_o council_n call_v by_o the_o command_n of_o king_n theodorick_n from_o ravenna_n the_o french_a bishop_n mention_v their_o be_v call_v to_o rome_n by_o his_o command_n and_o pope_n symmachus_n give_v the_o king_n thanks_o that_o he_o call_v the_o council_n to_o meet_v at_o rome_n see_v tom._n 2._o council_n de_fw-fr synodis_fw-la romae_fw-la sub_fw-la symmacho_fw-la theodoric_n do_v there_o show_v the_o letter_n of_o symmachus_n himself_o to_o request_v he_o to_o call_v the_o four_o synod_n theodorick_n who_o succeed_v odoacer_n together_o with_o his_o goth_n and_o theodorick_n be_v in_o the_o exercise_n of_o it_o till_o the_o year_n 502._o roman_n 502._o pompon_n laetus_n of_o odoacer_n the_o roman_n at_o his_o first_o entrance_n into_o the_o city_n salute_v he_o king_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n and_o lead_v he_o to_o the_o capitol_n with_o all_o the_o high_a honour_n to_o the_o same_o purpose_n blondus_n decad._n l._n 3._o pag._n 31._o in_o decretal_a distinct_a 69._o odoacer_n be_v call_v by_o pope_n symmachus_n the_o most_o excellent_a king_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o by_o his_o authority_n be_v there_o frequent_a synod_n of_o the_o orthodox_n call_v at_o rome_n till_o some_o year_n after_o the_o year_n 501_o tho'_o he_o himself_o be_v a_o arrian_n which_o show_v how_o absolute_a he_o be_v among_o they_o and_o of_o the_o there_o the_o de_fw-fr translat_n romani_fw-la imper._n in_o germanos_fw-la tit._n quâ_fw-la ratione_fw-la facta_fw-la est_fw-la imperii_fw-la translatio_fw-la the_o roman_a power_n be_v transfer_v upon_o odoacer_n first_o by_o the_o army_n or_o by_o the_o submission_n of_o the_o roman_a legion_n to_o he_o 2._o by_o the_o nobility_n and_o senate_n of_o rome_n 3._o by_o the_o right_n of_o conquest_n 4._o by_o the_o renunciation_n of_o augustulus_n 5._o by_o the_o consent_n of_o all_o rome_n and_o italy_n declare_v in_o the_o capitol_n as_o they_o use_v to_o acknowledge_v their_o lawful_a emperor_n blondus_fw-la decad._n l._n 3._o p._n 37._o he_o there_o show_v how_o theodoric_n be_v receive_v at_o rome_n by_o the_o agree_a consent_n and_o applause_n and_o acclamation_n of_o the_o pope_n the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o that_o he_o leave_v rome_n to_o its_o own_o government_n by_o the_o senate_n but_o yet_o so_o as_o that_o his_o praefect_n do_v preside_v over_o they_o bellarm._n l._n 1._o de_fw-fr translat_n imper._n rom._n in_o germanos_fw-la cap_n 9_o say_v that_o theodoric_n enjoy_v the_o empire_n of_o all_o italy_n the_o style_n of_o theodoric_n letters-pattent_n represent_v he_o everywhere_o as_o the_o absolute_a sovereign_n of_o the_o roman_n as_o much_o as_o ever_o the_o emperor_n have_v be_v before_o he_o in_o his_o letter_n to_o the_o senate_n of_o rome_n upon_o his_o coronation_n oath_n lib_fw-la 10._o variar_n cassiodori_n our_o goodness_n must_v be_v a_o very_a command_a thing_n when_o we_o be_v overcome_v by_o our_o own_o will_n who_o be_v not_o bind_v to_o answer_v to_o any_o one_o else_o because_o we_o owe_v thâ—se_a thing_n to_o god_n only_o and_o not_o to_o man_n epistola_fw-la 17._o so_o also_o in_o the_o next_o letter_n to_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n consider_v how_o much_o kindness_n be_v intend_v you_o when_o he_o swear_v to_o you_o who_o can_v be_v compel_v and_o speak_v of_o the_o office_n of_o praefect_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n epist_n 4._o lib._n 6._o say_v of_o himself_o in_o comparison_n with_o those_o praefect_n hâc_fw-la sold_n ratione_fw-la etc._n etc._n in_o this_o only_o be_v we_o different_a from_o they_o that_o we_o can_v be_v subject_a to_o any_o one_o else_o who_o have_v none_o to_o judge_v we_o or_o to_o call_v we_o to_o account_v sigonias_n say_v of_o he_o lib._n 16._o the_o occident_n imper._n that_o theodoric_n set_v up_o a_o kingdom_n in_o the_o west_n every_o way_n most_o like_a the_o old_a empire_n there_o splendid_a reception_n of_o both_o odoacer_n and_o theodorick_n at_o rome_n by_o the_o pope_n the_o senate_n and_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o of_o the_o applause_n and_o submission_n that_o be_v show_v they_o in_o acknowledgement_n of_o their_o sovereignty_n there_o be_v sufficiene_fw-fr testimony_n from_o the_o best_a approve_a historian_n of_o those_o time_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o these_o barbarous_a king_n over_o rome_n be_v near_o 70_o year_n the_o lieutenant_n of_o justinian_n bellisarius_fw-la and_o nurse_n subdue_v those_o king_n of_o italy_n and_o thereby_o justinian_n who_o be_v but_o the_o emperor_n of_o constantinople_n and_o which_o have_v be_v divide_v from_o the_o authority_n of_o rome_n for_o so_o many_o year_n come_v to_o be_v restore_v to_o the_o royal_a seat_n of_o the_o empire_n at_o rome_n which_o be_v another_o change_n of_o the_o chief_a government_n of_o that_o place_n and_o thus_o it_o continue_v under_o the_o command_n of_o the_o exarch_n of_o the_o greek_a emperor_n for_o near_a two_o hundred_o year_n the_o lombard_n and_o the_o frank_n and_o the_o pope_n together_o seem_v to_o make_v another_o change_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n by_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o greek_a emperor_n interest_n in_o italy_n but_o tho'_o the_o lombard_n seem_v to_o be_v the_o next_o master_n of_o that_o jurisdiction_n yet_o they_o never_o can_v succeed_v in_o their_o attempt_n to_o make_v themselves_o master_n of_o rome_n for_o they_o be_v check_v in_o it_o by_o the_o power_n of_o the_o frank_n under_o pepin_n and_o charlemagne_n but_o then_o upon_o a_o confederacy_n betwixt_o the_o pope_n and_o those_o king_n of_o the_o frank_n rome_n be_v leave_v whole_o free_a to_o itself_o and_o charlemagne_n be_v make_v emperor_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o from_o he_o the_o title_n continue_v to_o this_o day_n in_o the_o french_a and_o german_a line_n with_o some_o small_a interval_n of_o vacancy_n who_o will_v make_v any_o question_n whether_o here_o be_v not_o variety_n of_o change_n enough_o to_o make_v one_o conclude_v that_o the_o imperial_a government_n which_o be_v the_o rule_v head_n in_o st._n john_n time_n must_v have_v be_v long_o since_o at_o a_o end_n one_o will_v indeed_o be_v more_o apt_a to_o judge_v from_o hence_o that_o there_o have_v be_v not_o only_o a_o change_n of_o the_o six_o head_n since_o that_o time_n but_o also_o four_o or_o five_o head_n beside_o in_o succession_n to_o one_o another_o but_o since_o we_o be_v already_o assure_v that_o the_o next_o change_n but_o one_o to_o the_o imperial_a six_o head_n be_v to_o be_v the_o beast_n prop._n 20._o and_o that_o the_o beast_n be_v to_o continue_v from_o his_o first_o rise_n under_o that_o head_n to_o the_o last_o come_n of_o christ_n in_o glory_n by_o prop._n 6._o and_o corol._n 1._o prop._n 12._o it_o be_v manifest_a that_o there_o can_v be_v but_o two_o of_o these_o several_a change_n of_o government_n that_o can_v
by_o the_o same_o reason_n may_v any_o other_o type_n be_v use_v to_o signify_v a_o thing_n absolute_o as_o well_o as_o typical_o and_o day_n may_v for_o that_o reason_n be_v as_o well_o suppose_v to_o signify_v year_n absolute_o in_o some_o place_n because_o use_v to_o signify_v they_o typical_o in_o other_o if_o there_o be_v any_o evidence_n against_o their_o literal_a acceptation_n as_o there_o be_v here_o find_v to_o be_v wherefore_o according_a to_o these_o example_n especial_o that_o of_o the_o 70_o week_n which_o be_v by_o all_o acknowledge_v the_o 42_o month_n must_v be_v consider_v as_o contain_v so_o many_o year_n in_o they_o as_o they_o have_v day_n in_o they_o and_o the_o least_o number_n of_o day_n that_o they_o can_v contain_v in_o they_o be_v 1260._o whatsoever_o account_v of_o month_n be_v take_v either_o in_o the_o time_n of_o daniel_n or_o of_o st._n john_n if_o it_o shall_v be_v hereupon_o inquire_v what_o kind_n of_o month_n these_o be_v and_o how_o many_o day_n they_o do_v precise_o contain_v in_o they_o the_o relation_n that_o this_o account_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n have_v to_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n will_v resolve_v that_o difficulty_n the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o this_o place_n be_v the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o that_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n by_o coral_n 2._o prop._n 15._o and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n there_o be_v say_v to_o be_v a_o time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n which_o therefore_o must_v be_v the_o same_o with_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n they_o be_v both_o of_o they_o the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o same_o reign_n now_o the_o time_n 14._o v._o 14._o time_n and_o a_o half_a be_v in_o the_o 12_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o woman_n abode_n in_o the_o wilderness_n which_o be_v 6._o v._o 6._o a_o little_a before_o say_v to_o be_v 1260_o day_n the_o 42_o month_n then_o which_o be_v the_o same_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o the_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a must_v also_o be_v but_o 1260_o day_n by_o this_o than_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o calculation_n of_o these_o month_n must_v be_v according_a to_o the_o babylonian_a account_n where_o daniel_n live_v when_o he_o write_v that_o prophecy_n to_o which_o this_o of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n do_v everywhere_o refer_v the_o babylonian_n have_v but_o 30_o day_n in_o their_o month_n and_o they_o be_v all_o of_o equal_a length_n to_o which_o they_o add_v a_o appendix_n of_o five_o day_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o year_n which_o the_o greek_n call_v the_o epagomena_n and_o so_o make_v their_o year_n to_o be_v 365_o day_n but_o without_o the_o epagomena_n three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a make_v but_o 1260_o day_n which_o be_v the_o number_n that_o these_o vision_n about_o the_o beast_n do_v so_o often_o inculcate_v and_o be_v 17_o day_n short_a of_o the_o true_a account_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a in_o the_o babylonian_a way_n and_o this_o be_v the_o only_a reason_n that_o i_o can_v ever_o find_v satisfactory_a why_o beside_o the_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a there_o be_v the_o mention_n of_o 42_o month_n and_o 1260_o day_n in_o the_o prophecy_n to_o express_v the_o same_o number_n of_o year_n for_o the_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a without_o any_o thing_n else_o to_o restrain_v it_o will_v have_v be_v understand_v to_o be_v three_o full_a year_n and_o a_o half_a according_a to_o the_o chaldaic_a account_n from_o whence_o that_o calculation_n be_v fetch_v and_o so_o will_v real_o have_v be_v 17_o day_n long_o and_o have_v signify_v 17_o year_n long_o than_o they_o real_o be_v to_o be_v whereas_o by_o this_o particular_a determination_n of_o they_o in_o the_o prophecy_n to_o 1260_o day_n and_o 42_o month_n they_o appear_v to_o want_v the_o appendix_n of_o the_o five_o day_n or_o epagomena_n at_o the_o end_n of_o every_o year_n and_o thus_o be_v we_o deliver_v from_o that_o fanciful_a shift_n that_o mr._n mede_n be_v fain_o to_o fly_v to_o in_o his_o account_n of_o the_o different_a way_n of_o express_v the_o same_o time_n here_o viz._n that_o the_o month_n be_v use_v to_o signify_v the_o work_n of_o darkness_n and_o the_o day_n the_o contrary_a the_o month_n be_v regulate_v by_o the_o course_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o the_o day_n by_o that_o of_o the_o sun_n the_o 42_o month_n then_o do_v appear_v by_o this_o to_o be_v 15_o day_n short_a of_o the_o full_a length_n of_o time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n by_o be_v reckon_v without_o the_o epagomena_n it_o may_v hereupon_o be_v very_o reasonable_o imagine_v that_o the_o 1260_o year_n signify_v by_o so_o many_o day_n may_v each_o of_o they_o also_o be_v reckon_v without_o the_o epagomena_n or_o five_o day_n at_o the_o end_n of_o they_o and_o then_o they_o will_v also_o want_v some_o such_o number_n of_o year_n of_o their_o full_a account_n and_o so_o prove_v to_o be_v but_o 1243_o year_n from_o the_o former_a proposition_n it_o may_v be_v conclude_v that_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n revel_v 11._o 3._o be_v 1260_o corollar_n 1_o year_n for_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n be_v the_o same_o length_n of_o time_n with_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n pag._n prece_v and_o be_v describe_v as_o the_o opposite_a party_n to_o the_o beast_n v._o 7._o and_o so_o mention_v in_o the_o same_o account_n as_o contemporary_n with_o he_o and_o since_o they_o have_v the_o same_o length_n of_o time_n assign_v to_o they_o for_o their_o continuance_n it_o ought_v to_o be_v understand_v to_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n without_o any_o clear_a evidence_n to_o the_o contrary_n by_o rule_n the_o 3_o d._n now_o by_o their_o character_n they_o appear_v to_o be_v capable_a of_o so_o long_a a_o continuance_n for_o they_o represent_v a_o body_n of_o man_n and_o not_o two_o single_a person_n only_o it_o be_v say_v that_o the_o beast_n shall_v make_v war_n with_o they_o and_o the_o beast_n be_v already_o know_v to_o signify_v a_o great_a empire_n and_o how_o can_v a_o great_a empire_n be_v say_v to_o make_v war_n with_o two_o single_a person_n or_o peoples_n kindred_n and_o nation_n as_o it_o be_v say_v of_o they_o to_o see_v they_o lie_v dead_a and_o not_o to_o suffer_v they_o to_o be_v bury_v the_o 1260_o day_n then_o of_o the_o two_o witness_n do_v signify_v the_o same_o length_n of_o time_n that_o the_o same_o number_n of_o day_n in_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o their_o contemporary_a do_v signify_v that_o be_v 1260_o year_n if_o these_o day_n do_v signify_v the_o same_o number_n of_o year_n with_o the_o 42_o month_n then_o the_o 1260_o day_n of_o the_o two_o witness_n and_o the_o 42_o month_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v corollar_n 2_o signify_v the_o same_o coincident_a space_n of_o 1260_o year_n for_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o witness_n have_v the_o same_o length_n of_o continuance_n prop._n 24._o &_o coral_n 1._o and_o they_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v contemporary_n and_o the_o opposite_a party_n to_o one_o another_o rev._n 11._o 7._o to_o 14._o and_o therefore_o it_o be_v extravagant_a to_o fancy_v their_o time_n to_o be_v different_a only_o because_o it_o can_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v strict_o impossible_a that_o they_o shall_v not_o be_v the_o same_o from_o the_o begin_n to_o the_o end_n see_v chap._n 2._o book_n i._n from_o hence_o it_o may_v safe_o be_v infer_v that_o the_o two_o witness_n in_o sackcloth_n rev._n 11._o 3._o do_v represent_v the_o whole_a corollar_n 3_o true_a church_n in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o humiliation_n under_o the_o beast_n for_o the_o two_o witness_n must_v signify_v a_o succession_n of_o person_n during_o the_o space_n of_o 1260_o year_n coral_n prece_v and_o they_o be_v set_v out_o by_o character_n that_o be_v peculiar_a to_o the_o representation_n of_o the_o true_a church_n in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o humiliation_n under_o its_o adversary_n in_o the_o old_a testament_n as_o by_o the_o peculiar_a miracle_n of_o moses_n and_o aaron_n in_o the_o land_n of_o egypt_n v._o 6._o by_o those_o of_o elijah_n with_o 4._o exod._n 7._o 19_o 1_o king_n 17._o 1._o zechar._n 4._o elisha_n v._o 5_o 6._o and_o by_o the_o mystical_a character_n of_o joshua_n and_o zerubbabell_a v._o 4._o by_o this_o it_o appear_v that_o they_o must_v refer_v to_o some_o twofold_a division_n of_o the_o whole_a catholic_n church_n that_o must_v be_v general_o know_v for_o 1260_o year_n together_o and_o in_o this_o respect_n the_o reason_n why_o they_o be_v represent_v by_o two_o may_v be_v either_o 1._o the_o natural_a division_n of_o every_o well_o constitute_v
the_o western_a empire_n be_v in_o the_o time_n of_o zeno_n emperor_n of_o the_o east_n and_o zeno_n can_v not_o be_v less_o a_o part_n of_o the_o supreme_a government_n of_o rome_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n than_o he_o be_v before_o the_o fall_n of_o it_o because_o he_o have_v his_o part_n of_o the_o senate_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o choice_n of_o one_o of_o the_o consul_n still_o continue_v to_o he_o all_o the_o the_o time_n of_o odoacer_n the_o conqueror_n reign_n and_o emperor_n and_o jornandes_n who_o be_v the_o gothish_a bishop_n of_o ravenna_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n give_v this_o account_n of_o king_n theodoric_n in_o his_o book_n de_fw-fr rebus_fw-la geticis_fw-la sect_n 86._o zeno_n upon_o the_o report_n that_o he_o hear_v of_o theodoric_n than_o choose_a king_n of_o the_o goth_n invite_v he_o into_o the_o city_n and_o receive_v he_o with_o honour_n place_v he_o among_o the_o noble_n of_o his_o palace_n and_o after_o that_o to_o show_v he_o great_a honour_n he_o adopt_v he_o his_o son_n for_o the_o war_n and_o give_v a_o triumph_n in_o the_o city_n at_o his_o own_o cost_v then_o make_v he_o consul_n in_o ordinary_a which_o be_v the_o high_a honour_n in_o the_o empire_n but_o theodoric_n weary_a of_o live_v idle_a beg_v of_o zeno_n that_o he_o will_v give_v he_o leave_v to_o try_v his_o fortune_n for_o the_o recovery_n of_o italy_n which_o have_v be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o contain_v in_o it_o that_o city_n which_o be_v head_n and_o lady_n of_o the_o world_n for_o it_o be_v better_a say_v he_o that_o i_o who_o be_o your_o son_n shall_v possess_v that_o kingdom_n by_o your_o gift_n than_o one_o that_o tyrannise_v over_o your_o senate_n and_o commonwealth_n for_o if_o i_o be_v conqueror_n i_o shall_v hold_v it_o as_o your_o gift_n and_o favour_n which_o zeno_n hear_v do_v yield_v to_o his_o desire_n and_o send_v he_o away_o with_o honour_n recommend_v the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n to_o his_o care_n blondus_fw-la decad._n l._n 3._o pag._n 32._o speak_v of_o theodoric_n be_v petition_n to_o zeno_n when_o zeno_n have_v report_v this_o to_o the_o senate_n they_o vote_v that_o it_o be_v not_o only_o very_o reasonable_a but_o that_o it_o ought_v free_o to_o be_v offer_v he_o of_o their_o own_o motion_n wherefore_o zeno_n when_o he_o have_v honour_v theodoric_n with_o a_o consecrate_a veil_n which_o be_v then_o the_o sure_a confirmation_n of_o the_o emperor_n grant_v for_o any_o thing_n send_v he_o away_o with_o a_o recommendation_n of_o italy_n and_o the_o senate_n and_o people_n of_o rome_n to_o his_o care_n carolus_n sigonius_n de_fw-fr occid_n imp._n lib._n 15._o concern_v this_o grant_n to_o theodoric_n zeno_n thereupon_o give_v he_o a_o grant_v of_o italy_n by_o a_o public_a instrument_n per_fw-la pragmaticum_fw-la put_v a_o consecrate_a veil_n upon_o his_o head_n de_fw-fr translat_n imp._n rom._n in_o german_a among_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o proof_n that_o he_o give_v of_o the_o translation_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n upon_o odoacer_n and_o the_o goth_n bring_v this_o for_o one_o that_o theodorick_n have_v the_o grant_n of_o it_o by_o the_o consent_n of_o the_o whole_a imperial_a senate_n for_o which_o he_o quote_v sigebert_n abbas_n urspergensis_n etc._n etc._n and_o that_o he_o be_v the_o emperor_n adopt_a son_n and_o make_v consul_n which_o be_v next_o in_o dignity_n to_o the_o emperor_n and_o have_v a_o consecrate_a veil_n from_o he_o which_o he_o say_v be_v the_o imperial_a purple_a and_o that_o pope_n symmachus_n be_v subject_a to_o he_o and_o that_o he_o govern_v all_o the_o bishop_n of_o italy_n ibid._n as_o for_o the_o name_n of_o king_n he_o prove_v from_o baldus_n examp._n col._n fin_n de_fw-fr probat_fw-la &_o in_o lib._n penultim_fw-la c._n de_fw-fr donat_fw-la inter_fw-la vir._n &_o uxor_fw-la that_o a_o king_n in_o his_o kingdom_n be_v the_o same_o with_o a_o emperor_n the_o emperor_n ordinary_o call_v themselves_o king_n as_o well_o as_o caesar_n augusti_n &_o emperor_n by_o his_o own_o authority_n do_v zeno_n first_o make_v theodorick_n who_o conquer_a odoacer_n one_o of_o the_o roman_a consul_n adopt_a he_o for_o his_o son_n like_o a_o new_a caesar_n then_o give_v he_o a_o formal_a commission_n for_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n as_o the_o emperor_n use_v to_o reference_n see_v reference_n create_v another_o emperor_n to_o share_v with_o he_o in_o the_o government_n and_o from_o that_o time_n be_v there_o much_o the_o same_o union_n in_o the_o public_a act_n of_o the_o government_n betwixt_o the_o gothish_a king_n and_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n that_o there_o have_v be_v before_o betwixt_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a emperor_n according_o do_a we_o find_v the_o date_n of_o the_o decretal_n of_o the_o pope_n of_o those_o day_n to_o have_v the_o mention_n of_o the_o year_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n as_o well_o as_o those_o of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n as_o for_o their_o occasional_a difference_n that_o be_v no_o more_o than_o what_o use_v to_o be_v sometime_o betwixt_o the_o two_o emperor_n and_o must_v necessary_o be_v sometime_o betwixt_o the_o most_o unite_a sovereign_n as_o it_o be_v express_o intimate_v by_o sigonius_n as_o the_o case_n between_o zeno_n and_o odoacer_n lib._n 15._o de_fw-la imperio_fw-la occid_n zeno_n say_v he_o take_v odoacer_n invasion_n of_o italy_n so_o ill_o that_o he_o will_v have_v no_o society_n of_o the_o empire_n with_o he_o which_o show_v by_o the_o way_n that_o the_o agreement_n of_o the_o emperor_n with_o the_o follow_a king_n of_o italy_n be_v the_o same_o kind_n of_o sociable_a government_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n that_o have_v be_v before_o use_v among_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a emperor_n thus_o be_v theodorick_n state_n theodorick_n see_v not._n praece_v and_o sigonius_n de_fw-fr occid_n imp._n l._n 16._o say_v of_o theodoric_n that_o he_o conform_v himself_o to_o the_o purple_a of_o the_o roman_a prince_n and_o lay_v away_o the_o habit_n of_o his_o own_o country_n because_o he_o be_v make_v king_n of_o italy_n by_o the_o roman_a emperor_n and_o senate_n and_o blondus_n say_v pag._n 37._o decad._n l._n 3._o that_o theodoric_n be_v receive_v at_o rome_n with_o the_o applause_n of_o the_o senate_n and_o all_o the_o people_n hieron_n rubeus_n histor_n ravennat_n pag._n 122._o say_v that_o zeno_n and_o the_o senate_n conduct_v theodoric_n out_o of_o the_o city_n in_o his_o robe_n of_o state_n choose_v king_n of_o italy_n and_o of_o rome_n by_o zeno_n and_o the_o whole_a senate_n and_o with_o pomp_n accompany_v by_o they_o out_o of_o the_o city_n in_o his_o robe_n of_o state_n he_o be_v receive_v at_o rome_n for_o their_o king_n with_o the_o applause_n and_o acclamation_n of_o the_o people_n and_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o senate_n after_o a_o small_a difference_n with_o anastasius_n the_o next_o emperor_n in_o eastern_a in_o cassiodor_n variar_n l._n 1._o ep._n 1._o theodoric_n to_o anastasius_n wherein_o those_o mention_a expression_n be_v find_v and_o among_o they_o a_o acknowledgement_n of_o frequent_a message_n from_o anastasius_n to_o love_v the_o senate_n to_o observe_v the_o roman_a law_n to_o take_v care_n of_o all_o the_o member_n of_o italy_n which_o show_v how_o much_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v still_o account_v by_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n to_o be_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roman_a state_n as_o it_o have_v be_v before_o in_o union_n with_o the_o eastern_a the_o begin_n of_o his_o reign_n theodoric_n beg_v peace_n of_o he_o with_o a_o acknowledgement_n of_o his_o superiority_n over_o all_o the_o world_n and_o move_v he_o to_o it_o by_o this_o consideration_n that_o these_o two_o commonwealth_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n be_v always_o one_o body_n under_o the_o former_a prince_n and_o there_o ought_v to_o be_v but_o one_o will_n and_o one_o judgement_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o onuphrius_n pauvinius_fw-la observe_v fast_o pag._n 308._o that_o theodoric_n enjoy_v the_o government_n of_o italy_n by_o the_o consent_n of_o anastasius_n and_o the_o very_a difference_n betwixt_o they_o at_o the_o begin_n of_o anastasius_n his_o reign_n do_v show_v what_o opinion_n theodoric_n have_v of_o his_o be_v the_o emperor_n partner_n in_o the_o government_n of_o the_o west_n for_o upon_o anastasius_n confer_v the_o honour_n of_o consul_n and_o augustus_n upon_o chlodoreus_n king_n of_o the_o frank_n theodoric_n be_v laetus_n pomponius_n laetus_n say_v to_o have_v declare_v war_n against_o he_o for_o the_o province_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n a_o manifest_a instance_n do_v he_o give_v of_o his_o own_v the_o same_o conjunction_n with_o the_o eastern_a empire_n that_o the_o western_a emperor_n before_o he_o do_v testify_v by_o their_o joint_a suffrage_n in_o choose_v of_o each_o
of_o their_o consul_n he_o send_v to_o that_o emperor_n to_o join_v his_o suffrage_n with_o his_o own_o in_o east_n in_o cassiodor_n variar_n lib._n 2._o ep._n 1._o theodoric_n do_v first_o acquaint_v the_o emperor_n anastasius_n that_o he_o himself_o have_v choose_v felix_n for_o consul_n and_o then_o recommend_v he_o to_o he_o to_o join_v his_o suffrage_n with_o he_o according_a to_o the_o old_a custom_n of_o the_o joint_a consent_n of_o both_o the_o eastern_a and_o western_a prince_n in_o that_o choice_n onuphr_n panvinius_n fast_o p._n 61._o &_o p._n 290._o show_v how_o the_o consul_n be_v choose_v at_o rome_n and_o constantinople_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n and_o give_v a_o particular_a account_n of_o all_o the_o consul_n of_o the_o west_n and_o east_n the_o choice_n of_o felix_n for_o that_o year_n consul_n that_o he_o may_v show_v his_o care_n of_o both_o the_o commonwealth_n and_o domesticorum_fw-la and_o see_v onuph_n panvinius_n fast_o p._n 308._o anno_fw-la 507._o cum_fw-la anastasio_n augusto_fw-la consul_n venantius_n theodoric_n comes_fw-la domesticorum_fw-la verientius_n theodoric_n comes_fw-la domesticorum_fw-la be_v choose_v consul_n with_o the_o emperor_n anastasius_n and_o the_o joint_a consent_n of_o the_o two_o emperor_n in_o the_o choice_n of_o their_o consul_n be_v one_o of_o the_o most_o remarkable_a testimony_n of_o their_o perfect_a concord_n in_o the_o same_o common_a government_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n for_o the_o 7._o the_o see_v in_o note_n 25._o chap._n 4._o justinian_n novel_a 105._o 6._o cod._n theodos_fw-la tit._n 6_o 7._o consulary_a dignity_n be_v always_o account_v the_o next_o in_o degree_n and_o honour_n to_o that_o of_o emperor_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n we_o do_v also_o find_v the_o ancient_a ensign_n of_o honour_n continue_v to_o be_v carry_v before_o those_o of_o the_o consulary_a dignity_n which_o have_v be_v empire_n be_v see_v chap._n 17._o pancirollus_n about_o the_o ensign_n of_o authority_n carry_v before_o all_o the_o great_a magistrate_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n use_v ever_o since_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n to_o signify_v the_o unity_n of_o the_o two_o emperor_n in_o the_o roman_a government_n and_o which_o pancirollus_n say_v p._n 46._o notit_fw-la orient_n that_o it_o be_v the_o chief_a of_o all_o the_o ensign_n of_o public_a authority_n and_o that_o be_v to_o have_v the_o head_n of_o both_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n carry_v before_o they_o upon_o a_o mace_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o form_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n letter_n to_o the_o new_a elect_v consulary_a magistrate_n cassiod_n var._n lib._n 6._o epist_n 20._o vultus_fw-la quinetiam_fw-la regnantûm_fw-la etc._n etc._n the_o face_n of_o the_o prince_n be_v carry_v before_o thou_o in_o pomp_n that_o thou_o may_v be_v reverence_v for_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o governor_n and_o again_o the_o name_n of_o consul_n bespeak_v thou_o to_o be_v merciful_a and_o the_o image_n of_o the_o prince_n declare_v that_o thou_o ought_v to_o be_v fear_v and_o there_o be_v two_o and_o twenty_o of_o these_o consulary_a magistrate_n in_o the_o western_a division_n which_o appear_v to_o b._n n._n b._n have_v continue_v to_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n pancirol_n notit_fw-la imp._n orient_a p._n 249._o the_o same_o figure_n have_v the_o chief_a military_a general_n engrave_v upon_o the_o backside_n of_o a_o book_n id._n pag._n 56._o athalaricus_n traitor_n athalaricus_n cassiodor_n variar_n l._n 8._o ep._n 1._o vos_fw-fr avum_fw-la nostrum_fw-la in_o vestrâ_fw-la civitate_fw-la celsis_fw-la curulibus_fw-la extulistis_fw-la vos_fw-fr genitorem_fw-la meum_fw-la in_o italiâ_fw-la palmatae_fw-la claritate_fw-la decorâstis_fw-la cassiodor_n variar_n l._n 11._o ep._n 1._o it_o appear_v by_o the_o letter_n of_o cassiodorus_n to_o the_o senate_n that_o justinian_n have_v take_v advantage_n of_o the_o death_n of_o theodoric_n to_o invade_v the_o gothish_a territory_n in_o illyricum_n while_o thing_n be_v unsettle_a under_o the_o young_a prince_n athalaricus_n and_o his_o mother_n but_o that_o he_o be_v well_o repulse_v in_o the_o attempt_n and_o that_o the_o goth_n have_v gain_v upon_o the_o eastern_a empire_n in_o these_o part_n in_o the_o very_a beginning_n of_o her_o reign_n say_v hc_a of_o amalasuntha_n and_o athalaricus_n when_o attempt_n be_v usual_o make_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o unsetledness_n of_o new_a change_n the_o army_n make_v the_o danube_n part_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n in_o spite_n of_o the_o prince_n of_o the_o east_n it_o be_v well_o enough_o know_v what_o the_o invader_n meet_v with_o which_o i_o purposely_o omit_v lest_o the_o genius_n of_o a_o social_n prince_n that_o be_v then_o in_o a_o league_n of_o peace_n shall_v put_v on_o the_o blush_n of_o a_o traitor_n after_o theodoric_n solicit_v the_o favour_n of_o justinian_n that_o they_o may_v continue_v in_o peace_n and_o union_n as_o his_o father_n have_v do_v and_o commemorate_v the_o former_a emperor_n kindness_n in_o make_v his_o grandfather_n consul_n at_o constantinople_n and_o his_o father_n consul_n in_o italy_n for_o his_o father_n eutharicus_fw-la be_v ravenna_n be_v cassiodor_n chronicon_fw-la pag._n 702._o d._n n._n eutharicus_fw-la cillica_n &_o justinus_n aug._n cos_n and_o there_o do_v cassiodorus_n describe_v the_o pomp_n in_o which_o eutharicus_fw-la appear_v at_o rome_n in_o the_o time_n of_o his_o consulship_n after_o which_o he_o return_v to_o his_o father_n theodoric_n to_o ravenna_n consul_n with_o the_o emperor_n justin_n and_o his_o father_n consulship_n in_o italy_n be_v a_o evident_a sign_n of_o the_o joint_a suffrage_n of_o both_o the_o prince_n for_o the_o consul_n of_o rome_n especial_o when_o it_o appear_v that_o occidentali_fw-la that_o onuph_n panvin_n fast_o p._n 308._o anno_fw-la 510._o eutharicus_fw-la consul_n orientalis_n cum_fw-la boethio_n occidentali_fw-la lutharicus_n be_v once_o the_o consul_n of_o the_o east_n viz._n when_o he_o be_v colleague_n with_o roatheus_n the_o western_a consul_n onuph_n panci_fw-la fast_o anno_fw-la 510._o he_o profess_v the_o strength_n of_o his_o kingdom_n to_o lie_v in_o his_o good_a correspondence_n with_o the_o emperor_n and_o mention_n old_a mention_n cassiod_n variar_n l._n 8._o ep._n 10._o he_o be_v also_o make_v your_o son_n for_o the_o war_n in_o order_n to_o a_o close_a union_n this_o name_n you_o will_v more_o fit_o bestow_v upon_o so_o young_a a_o man_n as_o i_o be_o since_o you_o have_v give_v it_o to_o those_o that_o be_v much_o old_a his_o father_n be_v his_o adopt_a son_n like_o those_o who_o be_v make_v augusti_n or_o partner_n of_o the_o empire_n by_o other_o and_o desire_v the_o same_o for_o himself_o amalasuntha_n and_o theodohadus_fw-la after_o the_o death_n of_o athalaricus_n send_v the_o same_o profession_n of_o amity_n and_o desire_v a_o union_n betwixt_o the_o two_o kingdom_n as_o that_o which_o be_v then_o confirm_v by_o long_a 2._o long_a cassiod_n var._n l._n 10._o ep._n 1_o 2._o custom_n and_o become_v like_o a_o law_n betwixt_o they_o and_o they_o both_o send_v to_o the_o emperor_n for_o leave_v to_o transport_v advance_v transport_v cassiod_n var._n l._n 10._o ep._n 8._o justiniano_n aug._n amalasuntha_n regina_fw-la for_o it_o be_v fit_a that_o the_o roman_a world_n shall_v be_v embellish_v by_o your_o assistance_n which_o the_o love_n of_o your_o serenity_n do_v illustrate_v and_o theod._n ep._n 9_o it_o be_v but_o fit_v that_o you_o shall_v willing_o grant_v we_o those_o thing_n which_o if_o we_o be_v negligent_a of_o we_o ought_v to_o be_v stir_v up_o by_o your_o clemency_n to_o set_v about_o for_o without_o question_n all_o must_v be_v very_o please_v to_o you_o whatsoever_o shall_v be_v do_v by_o we_o for_o the_o ornament_n of_o italy_n because_o it_o be_v to_o your_o honour_n whensoever_o the_o glory_n of_o our_o commonwealth_n be_v advance_v marble_n for_o the_o ornament_n of_o that_o roman_a world_n and_o commonwealth_n which_o they_o express_v his_o glory_n to_o be_v concern_v in_o and_o theodohadus_fw-la in_o particular_a send_v his_o recommendation_n of_o a_o petitioner_n to_o he_o about_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o church_n at_o ravenna_n notwithstanding_o that_o ravenna_n be_v theodahadus_n his_o royal_a seat_n but_o the_o goth_n be_v arrian_n they_o commit_v the_o chief_a care_n of_o the_o orthodox_n to_o the_o emperor_n vitiges_n plead_v with_o the_o etc._n the_o idem_fw-la l._n 10._o ep._n 32._o vitiges_n r._n justiniano_n aug._n that_o you_o may_v do_v after_o your_o usual_a manner_n that_o both_o the_o commonwealth_n may_v continue_v in_o concord_n and_o that_o according_a to_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o prince_n that_o have_v go_v before_o etc._n etc._n emperor_n justinian_n for_o peace_n in_o the_o same_o stile_n show_v he_o how_o much_o rome_n the_o head_n of_o the_o world_n have_v suffer_v by_o the_o war_n move_v he_o to_o peace_n by_o the_o consideration_n of_o the_o advantage_n of_o
than_o it_o must_v make_v a_o new_a head_n because_o it_o be_v one_o of_o the_o first_o and_o clear_a proposition_n that_o have_v be_v advance_v that_o every_o one_o of_o those_o eight_o king_n be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n by_o prop._n the_o 5_o 15._o q_o idem_fw-la l._n 10._o ep._n 15._o chap._n viii_o xiii_o rev._n xiii_o the_o second_o query_n whether_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v not_o begin_v with_o justinian_n be_v conquest_n of_o the_o italian_a goth_n this_o endeavour_v to_o be_v demonstrate_v eighteen_o objection_n answer_v after_o what_o have_v be_v say_v for_o the_o make_v the_o gothish_a king_n one_o of_o the_o eight_o king_n it_o will_v easy_o be_v grant_v that_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n must_v make_v another_o new_a head_n because_o it_o have_v the_o same_o qualification_n that_o the_o other_o before_o it_o have_v for_o be_v one_o of_o the_o two_o king_n after_o the_o imperial_a that_o rule_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n that_o be_v it_o be_v a_o very_a remarkable_a change_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o civil_a sovereign_a power_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v the_o only_a constant_a difference_n betwixt_o all_o the_o change_n in_o the_o same_o empire_n that_o be_v to_o be_v find_v in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n and_o example_n be_v the_o rule_n that_o be_v to_o be_v follow_v in_o interpretation_n by_o rule_n 2_o and_o 3._o now_o if_o this_o be_v once_o grant_v it_o seem_v to_o be_v scarce_o worth_a the_o make_n it_o a_o question_n whether_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v not_o upon_o the_o conquest_n of_o the_o query_n 2_o goth_n in_o italy_n by_o justinian_n for_o the_o beast_n be_v in_o be_v at_o this_o present_a by_o prop._n 23._o and_o he_o can_v not_o arise_v either_o before_o or_o after_o justinian_n conquest_n 1._o not_o after_o it_o for_o at_o that_o time_n there_o have_v be_v at_o least_o two_o change_n of_o the_o secular_a government_n of_o rome_n since_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n by_o query_n 1._o and_o the_o last_o of_o these_o two_o change_n be_v the_o beast_n by_o prop._n 20._o 2._o the_o beast_n can_v not_o arise_v before_o that_o time_n for_o then_o at_o justinian_n conquest_n there_o will_v have_v be_v another_o change_n of_o the_o civil_a government_n of_o rome_n and_o so_o will_v the_o beast_n have_v be_v put_v a_o end_n to_o but_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v not_o yet_o past_a by_o prop._n 23._o and_o coral_n 4._o prop._n 15._o now_o if_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n can_v be_v neither_o before_o nor_o after_o justinian_n conquest_n it_o must_v necessary_o be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o it_o the_o whole_a strength_n of_o this_o proof_n do_v lie_v upon_o the_o general_a notion_n of_o head_n and_o horn_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n and_o the_o constant_a mark_n of_o their_o distinction_n from_o one_o another_o and_o the_o mark_n of_o their_o distinction_n from_o one_o another_o in_o all_o the_o know_a example_n of_o figure_n in_o both_o these_o prophecy_n be_v nothing_o but_o either_o a_o distinct_a jurisdiction_n or_o a_o different_a name_n of_o the_o civil_a government_n and_o not_o any_o difference_n from_o one_o another_o in_o point_n of_o religion_n or_o any_o other_o accidental_a qualification_n the_o difference_n of_o the_o head_n or_o horn_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n in_o the_o same_o kingdom_n all_o at_o one_o time_n be_v nothing_o but_o distinct_a civil_a jurisdiction_n in_o that_o one_o monarchy_n the_o difference_n betwixt_o successive_a head_n or_o horn_n in_o regard_n of_o the_o successive_a change_n of_o the_o state_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v nothing_o 16._o observe_v 4._o prop._n 16._o but_o new_a name_n of_o the_o civil_a sovereign_a power_n of_o that_o monarchy_n if_o the_o change_n be_v from_o one_o to_o many_o than_o it_o signify_v the_o divide_a state_n of_o that_o monarchy_n and_o the_o change_n of_o the_o monarchical_a form_n of_o it_o into_o many_o distinct_a principality_n rule_v in_o it_o as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o example_n of_o the_o four_o beast_n with_o the_o ten_o horn_n in_o the_o seven_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n and_o in_o the_o he-goat_n of_o the_o 8_o chapter_n with_o the_o first_o horn_n and_o the_o other_o four_o after_o he_o if_o the_o change_n be_v represent_v by_o single_a head_n or_o horn_n come_v after_o one_o another_o than_o every_o head_n or_o horn_n signify_v a_o new_a name_n of_o the_o rule_v power_n of_o that_o monarchy_n without_o any_o division_n in_o it_o so_o as_o have_v be_v show_v do_v the_o second_o horn_n of_o the_o ram_n of_o the_o 8_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n signify_v the_o succession_n of_o the_o sovereign_a power_n over_o the_o same_o nation_n of_o the_o mede_n and_o persian_n by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o king_n of_o persia_n in_o the_o place_n of_o the_o king_n of_o media_n and_o the_o six_o first_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n that_o be_v describe_v as_o succeed_v in_o order_n do_v all_o signify_v the_o several_a change_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o chief_a rule_v power_n of_o the_o roman_n by_o these_o example_n it_o appear_v that_o the_o only_a constitutive_a or_o essential_a difference_n of_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v a_o new_a different_a name_n of_o the_o civil_a power_n that_o rule_v in_o chief_a and_o therefore_o there_o seem_v to_o be_v no_o ground_n from_o the_o know_a example_n of_o the_o signification_n of_o successive_a head_n or_o horn_n to_o make_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o christian_a religion_n in_o the_o imperial_a head_n by_o constantine_n to_o be_v a_o new_a king_n of_o the_o seven_o whenas_o the_o same_o civil_a form_n of_o government_n continue_v under_o the_o same_o name_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n or_o the_o government_n of_o emperor_n if_o the_o many_o instance_n of_o this_o kind_n in_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n which_o count_v the_o three_o show_n of_o the_o seven_o head_n and_o ten_o horn_n in_o the_o revelation_n be_v more_o than_o seventy_o be_v of_o any_o force_n than_o the_o imperial_a government_n can_v be_v say_v to_o be_v change_v by_o the_o succession_n of_o a_o new_a king_n till_o there_o be_v another_o different_a form_n of_o civil_a government_n set_v up_o at_o rome_n in_o its_o place_n under_o another_o name_n and_o then_o the_o imperial_a form_n which_o be_v say_v to_o be_v in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n will_v continue_v the_o same_o till_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v cut_v off_o by_o the_o heruli_n and_o goth_n of_o italy_n which_o will_v show_v it_o to_o be_v necessary_a for_o the_o return_n of_o the_o imperial_a rule_n again_o over_o rome_n by_o justinian_n to_o be_v the_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o be_v the_o six_o return_v into_o be_v again_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o justinian_n may_v be_v thus_o further_o confirm_v the_o beast_n be_v the_o eight_o king_n and_o be_v of_o the_o seven_o rev._n 17._o 11._o and_o therefore_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o king_n who_o have_v be_v in_o rule_n before_o and_o be_v return_v into_o it_o again_o by_o coral_n prop._n 4._o but_o he_o can_v not_o have_v be_v the_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v in_o rule_n before_o because_o than_o he_o will_v have_v be_v the_o seven_o still_o continue_v and_o not_o a_o new_a king_n with_o the_o name_n of_o a_o eight_o see_v coral_n prop._n 18._o the_o beast_n therefore_o must_v have_v be_v either_o the_o six_o king_n that_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n return_v into_o rule_n again_o or_o one_o of_o the_o other_o five_o before_o it_o but_o before_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n there_o be_v neither_o any_o restauration_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n of_o rome_n that_o be_v fall_v from_o it_o before_o nor_o any_o new_a revive_n of_o any_o of_o the_o other_o five_o government_n of_o rome_n which_o be_v before_o the_o imperial_a 1._o it_o will_v be_v object_v that_o this_o will_v make_v the_o imperial_a head_n objection_n to_o continue_v unchanged_a from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n whereas_o the_o six_o head_n seem_v plain_o to_o be_v represent_v to_o have_v its_o deadly_a wound_n upon_o the_o dragon_n at_o constantine_n 12._o rev._n 12._o conversion_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n to_o christianity_n for_o immediate_o after_o that_o in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n be_v the_o beast_n show_v with_o his_o head_n wound_v to_o death_n and_o yet_o heal_v again_o after_o the_o dragon_n have_v be_v say_v in_o the_o 12_o chapter_n to_o have_v be_v throw_v down_o from_o heaven_n all_o that_o can_v be_v make_v appear_v from_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o dragon_n suppose_v answer_n
send_v to_o the_o beast_n which_o also_o the_o word_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d do_v make_v appear_v which_o our_o apostle_n always_o make_v use_n of_o and_o be_v proper_o apply_v to_o those_o animal_n that_o do_v mischief_n by_o poison_n or_o by_o bite_v upon_o this_o account_n be_v it_o that_o c._n 11._o number_n 19_o we_o say_v out_o of_o arethas_n etc._n etc._n and_o st._n jerome_n interpret_v daniel_n four_o beast_n to_o be_v four_o kingdom_n and_o say_v and_o this_o be_v to_o he_o note_v that_o the_o fierceness_n and_o cruelty_n of_o kingdom_n be_v signify_v by_o the_o name_n of_o beast_n arethas_n do_v also_o so_o interpret_v it_o and_o show_v the_o holy_a methodius_n and_o st._n hippolytus_n to_o be_v of_o the_o same_o mind_n ribera_n quote_v st._n jerome_n and_o arethas_n it_o be_v also_o worth_a the_o observe_n that_o in_o those_o very_a day_n when_o these_o vision_n be_v write_v the_o roman_a people_n and_o empire_n be_v call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o great_a beast_n by_o their_o own_o heathen_a author_n who_o mean_v no_o more_o by_o that_o expression_n than_o the_o self-willed_a command_a nature_n of_o the_o body_n of_o a_o people_n or_o empire_n thus_o do_v suetonius_n represent_v tiberius_n his_o censure_n of_o his_o friend_n for_o persuade_v he_o to_o take_v the_o government_n upon_o he_o as_o man_n that_o be_v ignorant_a what_o a_o great_a beast_n a_o empire_n be_v quanta_fw-la bellua_fw-la esset_fw-la imperium_fw-la in_o tiberio_n art_n 24._o and_o horace_n ep._n 1._o lib._n 1._o call_v the_o roman_a people_n bellua_fw-la multorum_fw-la capitum_fw-la a_o great_a many-headed_a beast_n as_o for_o the_o common_a use_n of_o the_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o a_o beast_n there_o be_v near_o 60_o instance_n against_o nothing_o that_o be_v plain_a to_o the_o contrary_a that_o they_o signify_v only_a difference_n of_o the_o civil_a form_n of_o the_o government_n without_o any_o reference_n to_o idolatrous_a worship_n that_o be_v any_o where_o express_o mention_v thus_o in_o the_o first_o six_o head_n of_o the_o dragon_n and_o beast_n thrice_o in_o the_o revelation_n in_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o four_o kingdom_n of_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n in_o the_o four_o head_n of_o the_o leopard_n there_o in_o the_o horn_n of_o the_o two_o beast_n in_o the_o 8_o chapter_n 5._o but_o it_o may_v be_v urge_v that_o there_o be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o civil_a form_n of_o the_o imperial_a government_n before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n there_o be_v a_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n into_o east_n and_o west_n by_o constantine_n and_o two_o distinct_a jurisdiction_n seat_v at_o rome_n and_o constantinople_n this_o division_n come_v to_o be_v perfect_o settle_v at_o the_o death_n of_o the_o first_o theodosius_n and_o continue_v in_o that_o estate_n for_o near_a 80_o year_n and_o this_o also_o not_o as_o two_o divide_a kingdom_n which_o must_v have_v be_v represent_v by_o two_o head_n or_o two_o horn_n according_a to_o all_o the_o example_n of_o division_n of_o sovereignty_n in_o daniel_n or_o the_o revelation_n but_o as_o two_o half_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o roman_a empire_n by_o a_o joint_n and_o common_a concern_v of_o both_o those_o part_n for_o the_o government_n and_o administration_n of_o the_o whole_a roman_a empire_n as_o have_v be_v before_o observe_v much_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n of_o the_o same_o roman_a commonwealth_n this_o then_o seem_v to_o be_v a_o new_a face_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n as_o different_a from_o the_o first_o as_o the_o consul_n seem_v to_o be_v from_o the_o regal_a power_n but_o the_o increase_n of_o the_o number_n of_o the_o rule_v person_n that_o have_v the_o same_o name_n and_o title_n be_v know_v by_o several_a instance_n not_o to_o be_v a_o change_n of_o that_o kind_n of_o government_n the_o consul_n be_v sometime_o please_v sometime_o cuspinian_n in_o chronic._n cassiodori_n pag._n 264._o the_o triumvirate_n give_v the_o consulship_n to_o as_o many_o of_o the_o prince_n as_o they_o please_v more_o than_o two_o sometime_o 262._o sometime_o in_o cassiodorus_n chronicon_fw-la it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o pompey_n in_o the_o disturbance_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n continue_v alone_o the_o only_a consul_n and_o there_o be_v no_o other_o choice_n at_o the_o usual_a time_n and_o so_o be_v lepidus_n in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o triumvirate_n cuspinian_n in_o chronic._n cassiodor_n pag._n 250._o &_o pag._n 262._o but_o one_o the_o military_a tribune_n with_o the_o power_n of_o consul_n be_v sometime_o more_o sometime_o few_o 95._o few_o fenestilla_n de_fw-fr magistrate_n romans_n c._n 16._o there_o be_v therefore_o three_o military_a tribune_n create_v with_o the_o power_n of_o consul_n and_o be_v continue_v with_o great_a variety_n for_o their_o number_n sometime_o they_o be_v twenty_o sometime_o more_o sometime_o few_o or_o as_o this_o be_v correct_v by_o cuspinian_n as_o wrong_o print_v in_o the_o pandect_n f._n de_fw-la orig._n juris_fw-la at_o first_o six_o afterward_o eight_o or_o somewhat_o more_o as_o livy_n write_v in_o his_o five_o book_n cuspinian_n in_o cassiodori_n chronicon_fw-la p._n 95._o in_o a_o very_a great_a variety_n and_o the_o imperial_a power_n itself_o before_o this_o establishment_n of_o the_o two_o empire_n be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o sometime_o two_o sometime_o three_o and_o once_o of_o four_o and_o yet_o be_v not_o these_o change_n in_o the_o same_o form_n of_o government_n ever_o account_v any_o other_o than_o the_o same_o consulary_a tribunal_n and_o imperial_a government_n nor_o be_v the_o two_o czar_n of_o muscovy_n of_o late_o account_v any_o thing_n more_o than_o the_o same_o government_n by_o emperor_n that_o it_o be_v before_o nor_o be_v the_o increase_n or_o diminish_v the_o settle_a number_n of_o senator_n at_o several_a time_n the_o make_v a_o new_a senate_n and_o the_o have_v two_o different_a seat_n of_o supreme_a authority_n be_v not_o much_o more_o than_o the_o two_o province_n of_o the_o two_o consul_n of_o rome_n 6._o if_o the_o distance_n betwixt_o the_o end_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n and_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n shall_v seem_v to_o be_v too_o far_o asunder_o for_o the_o description_n of_o the_o rise_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n 2_o thess_n 2._o 7_o 8._o which_o seem_v to_o intimate_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v immediate_o after_o the_o end_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n it_o may_v be_v answer_v that_o the_o particle_n then_o in_o that_o expression_n and_o then_o shall_v be_v reveal_v be_v very_o often_o in_o scripture_n use_v where_o there_o be_v a_o great_a distance_n of_o time_n betwixt_o that_o which_o go_v before_o and_o that_o which_o it_o introduce_v grotius_n do_v upon_o this_o verse_n acquaint_v we_o that_o the_o partitle_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d or_o then_o do_v very_o ordinary_o in_o scripture_n connect_v very_o distant_a time_n together_o of_o which_o he_o there_o give_v many_o example_n beside_o by_o the_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v describe_v to_o come_v betwixt_o 10._o rev._n 17._o 10._o the_o imperial_a government_n and_o the_o beast_n must_v be_v mean_v another_o form_n of_o government_n of_o some_o short_a continuance_n after_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n and_o the_o time_n that_o be_v assign_v here_o for_o it_o be_v but_o seventy_o year_n which_o be_v but_o the_o age_n of_o one_o single_a person_n 15._o isa_n 23._o 15._o whereas_o those_o that_o do_v the_o most_o oppose_v this_o way_n do_v make_v the_o seven_o king_n to_o continue_v near_o twice_o as_o long_o but_o that_o which_o do_v the_o most_o clear_o show_v the_o little_a weight_n there_o be_v in_o the_o particle_n then_o in_o this_o place_n to_o signify_v the_o immediate_a succession_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n be_v the_o opinion_n of_o almost_o all_o interpreter_n concern_v the_o first_o rise_v and_o appearance_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n for_o they_o general_o agree_v that_o it_o be_v either_o a_o good_a while_n before_o the_o ruin_n of_o that_o empire_n or_o some_o while_n after_o and_o any_o one_o that_o consider_v in_o what_o a_o state_n of_o humiliation_n the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v under_o the_o arrian_n king_n of_o the_o heruli_n and_o goth_n in_o italy_n immediate_o upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n must_v conclude_v that_o that_o be_v a_o very_a improper_a posture_n of_o the_o roman_a affair_n to_o fix_v the_o reveal_n of_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n to_o but_o that_o which_o do_v the_o most_o full_o answer_v this_o objection_n be_v that_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n may_v not_o be_v exact_o the_o same_o thing_n the_o man_n of_o sin_n may_v be_v the_o false_a prophet_n and_o then_o why_o may_v he_o not_o be_v think_v to_o make_v some_o
show_n of_o himself_o before_o the_o full_a rise_n of_o the_o beast_n though_o his_o fullgrown_a appearance_n be_v not_o till_o after_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o beast_n 7._o if_o it_o be_v further_o object_v that_o the_o imperial_a line_n that_o be_v begin_v in_o justinian_n be_v cut_v off_o from_o the_o rule_n of_o rome_n at_o the_o deprivation_n of_o leo_n isaurus_n and_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n by_o the_o pope_n and_o therefore_o that_o the_o emperor_n from_o justinian_n can_v not_o be_v the_o beast_n since_o the_o beast_n be_v to_o continue_v in_o be_v till_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n it_o be_v to_o be_v consider_v that_o the_o confer_v of_o the_o title_n of_o roman_a emperor_n upon_o charlemaigne_n not_o long_o after_o do_v continue_v the_o succession_n of_o the_o imperial_a head_n to_o this_o day_n and_o if_o there_o have_v be_v a_o perfect_a inter-reign_a from_o the_o end_n of_o leo_n isaurus_n to_o charlemaigne_n that_o will_v not_o have_v discontinue_v the_o imperial_a head_n for_o since_o there_o be_v no_o other_o secular_a head_n of_o rome_n own_v for_o supreme_a there_o in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o imperial_a during_o that_o space_n of_o time_n the_o imperial_a head_n still_o continue_v without_o the_o interposition_n of_o any_o other_o for_o the_o lombard_n king_n who_o be_v the_o only_a appear_a power_n of_o italy_n beside_o be_v so_o far_o from_o be_v own_v for_o supreme_a at_o rome_n in_o the_o room_n of_o the_o eastern_a emperor_n that_o the_o pope_n adjacent_a pope_n petavius_n rationar_n temp._n part._n i._o lib._n 8._o cap._n 7._o speak_v of_o aistulphus_n king_n of_o the_o lombard_n and_o then_o he_o deliver_v to_o the_o pope_n by_o the_o abbot_n fulrade_n the_o exarchat_n of_o ravenna_n and_o the_o five_o city_n that_o be_v ancona_n and_o the_o four_o town_n of_o the_o picene_a territory_n and_o other_o adjacent_a have_v all_o their_o most_o considerable_a territory_n give_v he_o by_o pepin_n the_o father_n of_o charlemaigne_n and_o pope_n and_o ludovic_n à _fw-fr bebenberg_n quote_v the_o historiae_fw-la francorum_fw-la for_o what_o follow_v pope_n stephen_n the_o successor_n of_o zacharias_n about_o the_o year_n 753._o anoint_a pepin_n and_o his_o two_o son_n viz._n charles_n afterward_o charlemaignc_n and_o carolomannus_n for_o king_n of_o the_o frank_n and_o oblige_v the_o prince_n of_o the_o frank_n to_o choose_v none_o of_o any_o family_n than_o these_o who_o he_o have_v make_v choice_n of_o by_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n to_o defend_v the_o apostolic_a see_n and_o so_o pepin_n enter_v that_o year_n into_o italy_n for_o that_o very_a purpose_n upon_o this_o account_n it_o be_v very_o probable_a that_o the_o chronicle_n of_o st._n martin_n and_o other_o of_o the_o same_o opinion_n have_v say_v that_o pope_n stephen_n translate_v the_o empire_n from_o the_o greek_n to_o the_o german_n for_o since_o the_o business_n of_o the_o emperor_n be_v to_o defend_v the_o roman_a church_n and_o to_o exalt_v the_o head_n of_o it_o the_o pope_n as_o appear_v dist_n 6._o tibi_fw-la domino_fw-la and_o to_o protect_v the_o clergy_n 96_o distinct_a c._n ult_n and_o the_o holy_a church_n as_o other_o king_n and_o prince_n be_v 23._o q._n 5._o c._n principes_fw-la etc._n etc._n administratores_fw-la and_o since_o constantine_n and_o his_o son_n leo_n require_v to_o do_v this_o by_o pope_n stephen_n against_o the_o lombard_n as_o appear_v exeunt_n de_fw-fr elect._n venerabilem_fw-la in_o ult_n glossâ_fw-la do_v refuse_v to_o do_v it_o therefore_o do_v pope_n stephen_n choose_v pepin_n and_o charles_n etc._n etc._n and_o their_o successor_n etc._n etc._n and_o for_o the_o contrariety_n of_o chronicle_n we_o ought_v to_o stand_v to_o the_o chronicle_n of_o the_o frank_n abovementioned_a which_o seem_v to_o have_v be_v write_v by_o a_o frank_n who_o therefore_o be_v well_o acquaint_v with_o the_o transaction_n of_o this_o translation_n for_o this_o history_n of_o the_o frank_n in_o this_o matter_n concern_v charlemaigne_n be_v take_v out_o of_o the_o write_n of_o the_o abbot_n rhegius_n of_o the_o diocese_n of_o trier_n who_o have_v reason_n to_o be_v think_v to_o be_v well_o acquaint_v with_o the_o history_n of_o the_o prince_n of_o his_o own_o country_n the_o sum_n of_o the_o canon-law_n print_v at_o venice_n with_o the_o privilege_n of_o almost_o all_o monarch_n and_o pope_n by_o the_o title_n of_o the_o speculum_fw-la of_o pope_n emperor_n and_o king_n do_v affirm_v the_o translation_n of_o the_o empire_n from_o the_o greek_n to_o the_o frank_n to_o have_v be_v do_v by_o pope_n stephen_n about_o the_o year_n 753._o ludovicus_n a_o bebenburg_n attribute_n to_o pepin_n ann._n dom._n 753._o and_o a._n rosellus_fw-la to_o the_o year_n 755._o and_o marinus_n to_o the_o same_o year_n de_fw-fr translat_n imp._n rom._n in_o germanos_fw-la sect_n quod_fw-la translatio_fw-la imp._n non_fw-la facta_fw-la erat_fw-la per_fw-la papam_fw-la and_o bellarmin_n l._n 1._o de_fw-la translatione_fw-la imp._n romani_fw-la in_o germanos_fw-la cap._n 12._o grant_n that_o charlemaigne_n conquer_v italy_n 20_o year_n before_o he_o be_v crown_v by_o the_o pope_n charlemaigne_n himself_o reference_n see_v reference_n be_v within_o some_o year_n after_o leo_n isaurus_n own_v by_o the_o pope_n for_o the_o royal_a defender_n of_o the_o liberty_n of_o rome_n and_o of_o the_o church_n though_o he_o have_v not_o the_o title_n of_o emperor_n till_o many_o year_n after_o if_o any_o shall_v dispute_v the_o right_n of_o charlemaigne_n because_o the_o constantinopolitan_a emperor_n be_v commentator_n be_v bellarmin_n in_o his_o first_o book_n de_fw-fr translat_n imp._n rom._n in_o germanos_fw-la c._n 12._o do_v give_v a_o account_n of_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o constantinopolitan_a emperor_n to_o charlemaigne_n and_o of_o the_o own_n the_o title_n of_o the_o western_a emperor_n and_o cap._n 5._o to_o the_o same_o purpose_n ludovic_n à _fw-fr bebenberg_n in_o note_n 6._o on_o the_o 6_o chapter_n m._n frehem_n his_o commentator_n unjust_o depose_v they_o may_v as_o well_o question_v the_o right_n of_o succession_n in_o most_o of_o the_o emperor_n before_o possession_n and_o not_o right_o be_v that_o which_o do_v always_o confirm_v the_o imperial_a title_n and_o it_o will_v be_v hard_a to_o find_v any_o constant_a way_n of_o succession_n or_o election_n in_o the_o imperial_a line_n before_o charlemaigne_n to_o find_v a_o right_n upon_o sometime_o the_o emperor_n be_v elect_v by_o the_o army_n sometime_o by_o the_o people_n sometime_o adopt_v by_o another_o emperor_n all_o that_o can_v be_v find_v constant_a about_o it_o be_v that_o general_o they_o use_v to_o have_v 10._o have_v see_v grot._n de_fw-fr jure_fw-la b._n &_o p._n l._n 2._o c._n 9_o note_v 1._o chap._n 3._o &_o hieron_n balbus_n de_fw-fr coronatione_fw-la cap._n 13._o in_o the_o same_o note_n and_o the_o comment_n there_o on_o ludovic_n à _fw-fr bebenburg_n see_v also_o lipsius_n of_o these_o acclamation_n 2._o elect._n cap._n 10._o the_o acclamation_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n and_o the_o approbation_n of_o the_o senate_n which_o be_v free_o give_v speak_v give_v of_o charlemaign'_v acclamation_n all_o historian_n speak_v to_o charlemaigne_n from_o who_o there_o have_v be_v continue_v a_o succession_n of_o the_o imperial_a line_n to_o this_o time_n it_o be_v certain_a that_o before_o julius_n caesar_n the_o majesty_n of_o the_o roman_a kingdom_n be_v in_o the_o reference_n see_v reference_n consul_n reference_n paulus_n merula_n de_fw-fr legibus_fw-la romanis_n pag._n 58._o the_o jurisdiction_n be_v bound_v the_o senate_n have_v more_o authority_n than_o the_o magistrate_n the_o common_a people_n have_v the_o great_a authority_n in_o all_o the_o people_n together_o be_v the_o majesty_n of_o the_o commonwealth_n cuspinian_n in_o sextum_fw-la rufum_fw-la pag._n 6._o the_o consul_n rod_n be_v hang_v down_o when_o they_o come_v into_o a_o full_a assembly_n of_o the_o people_n because_o the_o majesty_n of_o the_o people_n of_o rome_n be_v great_a than_o that_o of_o the_o consul_n people_n of_o rome_n and_o to_o commit_v treason_n be_v in_o majestatem_fw-la populi_n romani_fw-la peccare_fw-la and_o it_o be_v a_o general_o continue_a custom_n by_o the_o emperor_n to_o receive_v the_o confirmation_n of_o their_o title_n from_o the_o acclamation_n of_o the_o people_n 8._o but_o it_o may_v be_v here_o urge_v that_o the_o imperial_a head_n be_v manifest_o discontinue_v in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o tumult_n of_o italy_n under_o the_o 13._o the_o see_v petavii_n rationar_n temp._n part._n i._o l._n 8._o c._n 13._o berengarii_fw-la when_o there_o be_v such_o frequent_a change_n of_o the_o king_n of_o italy_n this_o can_v be_v of_o no_o more_o force_n than_o the_o former_a except_v the_o ceremony_n of_o anoint_v berengarius_fw-la king_n at_o rome_n by_o pope_n john_n the_o xth._n but_o his_o reign_n be_v so_o very_o short_a after_o it_o and_o the_o succession_n of_o those_o after_o he_o so_o like_o a_o mere_a scuffle_n
alcazar_n grotius_n dr._n hammond_n two_o hundred_o year_n after_o the_o empire_n be_v turn_v christian_n and_o be_v then_o burn_v in_o the_o possession_n of_o a_o christian_a king_n by_o a_o christian_a emperor_n or_o to_o make_v it_o to_o be_v rome_n a_o little_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n grow_v prodigious_o rich_a by_o foreign_a traffic_n rev._n 18_o 19_o and_o have_v bring_v the_o king_n of_o the_o earth_n under_o her_o subjection_n v._o 3._o in_o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o etc._n ribera_n etc._n etc._n half_a or_o to_o make_v it_o to_o be_v both_o rome_n heathen_a and_o rome_n at_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n which_o shall_v cry_v i_o sit_v as_o a_o queen_n and_o shall_v see_v no_o sorrow_n v._o 7._o and_o which_o shall_v not_o have_v the_o pagan_a power_n of_o it_o abate_v or_o end_v for_o above_o a_o thousand_o year_n after_o it_o begin_v to_o be_v rome_n christian_n all_o which_o be_v such_o monstrous_a inconsistency_n as_o to_o make_v any_o conclude_v they_o to_o be_v impossible_a those_o that_o own_o babylon_n to_o be_v rome_n and_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v antichrist_n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o that_o the_o whole_a seven_o head_n be_v so_o many_o immediate_a succession_n of_o rule_v power_n to_o make_v the_o six_o head_n continue_v from_o 10._o ribera_n etc._n etc._n most_o papist_n rev._n 17_o 10._o the_o time_n of_o st._n john_n when_o it_o be_v by_o the_o text_n signify_v to_o be_v in_o rule_n to_o the_o time_n of_o the_o seven_o king_n that_o be_v in_o their_o opinion_n to_o a_o short_a space_n before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n they_o be_v force_v to_o make_v the_o six_o king_n to_o be_v of_o a_o much_o long_a continuance_n than_o the_o imperial_a government_n at_o rome_n that_o be_v the_o king_n in_o be_v at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n for_o they_o own_o that_o the_o imperial_a government_n be_v long_o since_o at_o a_o end_n at_o rome_n and_o therefore_o be_v they_o force_v to_o make_v their_o six_o king_n to_o be_v all_o those_o persecute_v power_n of_o the_o world_n that_o reach_n from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n in_o consequence_n of_o which_o it_o be_v necessary_a for_o they_o to_o make_v the_o beast_n in_o general_n to_o be_v the_o whole_a world_n and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o head_n so_o many_o succession_n of_o either_o persecute_v age_n or_o monarchy_n of_o it_o and_o this_o be_v so_o contrary_a to_o the_o know_a acceptation_n of_o a_o beast_n and_o its_o head_n or_o horn_n for_o one_o rule_v nation_n only_o all_o over_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n as_o it_o be_v by_o these_o very_a person_n acknowledge_v that_o nothing_o can_v make_v it_o appear_v to_o what_o a_o force_a shift_n they_o be_v fain_o to_o fly_v to_o avoid_v the_o bring_n in_o of_o antichrist_n into_o the_o roman_a church_n many_o age_n ago_o if_o they_o shall_v have_v grant_v the_o six_o head_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o have_v be_v the_o then_o rule_v imperial_a power_n of_o rome_n only_o but_o a_o much_o more_o apparent_a shift_n be_v it_o in_o those_o who_o think_v themselves_o force_v to_o own_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v but_o one_o single_a nation_n only_o or_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n to_o be_v antichrist_n etc._n bellarm._n etc._n etc._n about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o the_o head_n in_o rule_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n to_o be_v the_o imperial_a government_n but_o after_o all_o this_o for_o fear_n of_o bring_v in_o antichrist_n into_o the_o roman_a church_n too_o soon_o to_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o signify_v collective_o all_o the_o roman_a emperor_n either_o at_o rome_n or_o constantinople_n or_o at_o vienna_n whereas_o the_o number_n seven_n be_v apparent_o here_o divide_v into_o break_a number_n which_o do_v as_o certain_o determine_v the_o head_n to_o that_o definite_a number_n in_o a_o immediate_a succession_n to_o one_o another_o and_o nothing_o can_v have_v make_v it_o appear_v how_o so_o well_o a_o verse_v understanding_n in_o the_o critical_a use_n of_o word_n as_o bellarmine_n be_v resolve_v to_o outface_v his_o own_o knowledge_n to_o avoid_v a_o dangerous_a consequence_n for_o if_o he_o have_v allow_v the_o seven_o head_n to_o have_v be_v just_a so_o many_o successive_a change_n of_o the_o rule_n of_o the_o roman_n he_o must_v certain_o have_v make_v the_o six_o head_n end_n at_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o kingly_a government_n of_o rome_n upon_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n though_o the_o imperial_a government_n at_o constantinople_n have_v be_v part_n of_o the_o six_o head_n for_o the_o change_n of_o the_o other_o part_n of_o it_o at_o rome_n do_v make_v a_o new_a change_n of_o the_o whole_a government_n that_o be_v from_o imperial_a to_o the_o mix_a form_n of_o kingly_a and_o imperial_a together_o as_o the_o tribune_n with_o the_o consulary_a power_n be_v a_o change_n of_o the_o consulary_a head_n of_o the_o government_n but_o of_o all_o the_o force_a shift_n that_o we_o meet_v with_o the_o most_o paradoxical_a and_o absurd_a be_v those_o of_o the_o grotian_n way_n they_o grant_v hammond_n grot._fw-la dr._n hammond_n the_o beast_n to_o be_v the_o idolatrous_a roman_a empire_n and_o the_o head_n to_o be_v successive_a change_n of_o roman_a ruler_n and_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o continue_v at_o least_o to_o the_o reign_n of_o justinian_n and_o yet_o make_v the_o last_o rule_v head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v at_o a_o end_n with_o the_o reign_n of_o domitian_n which_o be_v contrary_a to_o all_o the_o representation_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 17_o chapter_n as_o end_v with_o his_o last_o head_n ibid._n prop._n 6._o corol._n ibid._n they_o do_v also_o by_o this_o make_v the_o ten_o horn_n to_o be_v a_o long_a time_n after_o the_o last_o head_n which_o be_v say_v express_o to_o give_v their_o kingdom_n to_o the_o eight_o king_n or_o the_o beast_n under_o the_o last_o rule_v head_n they_o do_v also_o make_v the_o seven_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v but_o so_o many_o single_a person_n contrary_a to_o the_o know_a signification_n of_o the_o head_n and_o horn_n of_o beast_n all_o over_o daniel_n they_o do_v also_o make_v the_o different_a show_n of_o the_o same_o beast_n in_o the_o 11_o 13_o and_o 17_o chapter_n to_o be_v real_o distinct_a beast_n from_o one_o another_o without_o any_o ground_n for_o it_o but_o the_o different_a show_n of_o they_o contrary_a to_o what_o the_o exact_a resemblance_n of_o their_o character_n to_o one_o another_o will_v make_v any_o judge_v they_o to_o be_v and_o contrary_a to_o the_o book_n first_o book_n plain_a demonstration_n of_o their_o be_v but_o one_o and_o the_o same_o thing_n from_o the_o character_n of_o they_o and_o contrary_a to_o the_o sense_n of_o almost_o all_o kind_n of_o interpreter_n especial_o those_o of_o the_o roman_a party_n who_o cry_v out_o against_o the_o main_a foundation_n of_o this_o opinion_n as_o nothing_o but_o the_o extravagancy_n of_o man_n without_o any_o etc._n preface_n to_o my_o former_a treatise_n the_o judgement_n of_o god_n etc._n etc._n sense_n in_o they_o though_o the_o whole_a business_n of_o all_o the_o pain_n that_o be_v take_v by_o these_o contrivance_n be_v to_o remove_v the_o charge_n of_o idolatry_n from_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n those_o that_o own_o the_o four_o beast_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n and_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n to_o be_v the_o particular_a nation_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o yet_o will_v make_v the_o little_a horn_n of_o the_o one_o and_o the_o last_o head_n or_o eight_o king_n in_o the_o other_o to_o come_v after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o which_o they_o belong_v romanist_n most_o of_o the_o romanist_n show_v that_o they_o value_v not_o contradiction_n to_o keep_v off_o antichrist_n from_o appear_v in_o the_o roman_a church_n and_o those_o that_o own_o the_o last_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v about_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n and_o yet_o will_v make_v babylon_n that_o accompany_v the_o beast_n to_o the_o last_o to_o be_v rome_n pagan_a must_v have_v much_o the_o same_o contempt_n same_o the_o same_o of_o the_o plain_a intimation_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o those_o also_o that_o can_v think_v that_o babylon_n be_v not_o the_o same_o thing_n but_o several_a vast_o distant_a state_n of_o roman_a rule_n in_o the_o several_a mention_n of_o it_o or_o both_o rome_n pagan_a and_o rome_n near_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n 3_o prop._n 2_o &_o 3_o those_o of_o the_o protestant_n that_o make_v the_o change_n of_o religion_n in_o the_o imperial_a head_n to_o be_v a_o new_a
beast_n here_o be_v represent_v as_o consist_v of_o these_o kingdom_n as_o the_o part_n of_o his_o body_n which_o if_o it_o have_v any_o reference_n to_o the_o roman_a state_n at_o the_o particular_a rise_n of_o the_o beast_n with_o justinian_n must_v signify_v that_o it_o shall_v be_v that_o particular_a roman_a power_n which_o be_v in_o possession_n of_o greece_n babylon_n and_o persia_n or_o that_o part_n of_o asia_n which_o belong_v to_o the_o babylonian_n and_o persian_n and_o then_o it_o do_v very_o clear_o signify_v that_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n shall_v be_v at_o the_o advancement_n of_o the_o eastern_a empire_n to_o the_o government_n of_o rome_n and_o do_v not_o that_o suit_n well_o enough_o with_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o italy_n this_o will_v tempt_v one_o to_o be_v very_o confident_a that_o this_o be_v design_v as_o a_o very_a plain_a character_n to_o know_v the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n by_o since_o there_o be_v no_o such_o mention_n of_o any_o of_o the_o part_n of_o these_o beast_n in_o the_o dragon_n in_o the_o chapter_n just_o before_o which_o yet_o be_v the_o same_o kind_n of_o figure_n with_o this_o and_o be_v know_v to_o signify_v the_o roman_a 12._o chap._n 12._o state_n a_o long_a time_n after_o that_o it_o have_v be_v in_o possession_n of_o greece_n and_o asia_n and_o one_o will_v be_v very_o apt_a to_o judge_v that_o what_o be_v represent_v as_o particular_a to_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o 13_o chapter_n and_o be_v omit_v in_o the_o dragon_n which_o yet_o be_v know_v to_o be_v the_o roman_a empire_n must_v be_v add_v as_o a_o mark_n of_o distinction_n of_o the_o one_o from_o the_o other_o but_o if_o other_o will_v have_v this_o mark_n of_o the_o three_o beast_n to_o belong_v to_o the_o general_a nature_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o it_o signify_v the_o roman_a conquest_n at_o its_o first_o appearance_n after_o the_o destruction_n of_o the_o greek_a monarchy_n it_o will_v not_o prejudice_v my_o opinion_n it_o be_v enough_o to_o show_v that_o as_o this_o beast_n do_v signify_v the_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o under_o its_o last_o rule_v head_n so_o this_o character_n of_o the_o part_n of_o it_o do_v most_o exact_o agree_v with_o that_o which_o i_o make_v to_o be_v the_o last_o rule_v head_n at_o its_o first_o rise_n in_o distinction_n to_o all_o other_o state_n of_o the_o beast_n the_o rise_n of_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o sea_n be_v know_v to_o signify_v that_o it_o 1._o rev._n 13._o 1._o shall_v arise_v out_o of_o great_a commotion_n and_o by_o great_a war_n and_o tumult_n for_o so_o be_v many_o water_n interpret_v by_o the_o angel_n himself_o to_o signify_v in_o this_o prophecy_n chap._n 17._o 15._o multitude_n and_o peoples_n 8._o isa_n 8._o 7._o &_o 17._o 12._o jer._n 46._o 8._o and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n which_o be_v add_v to_o the_o nature_n of_o those_o water_n in_o the_o sea_n do_v determine_v it_o to_o signify_v great_a commotion_n of_o those_o multitude_n and_o nation_n and_o certain_o this_o do_v very_o well_o suit_n with_o that_o strange_a bustle_n which_o justinian_n make_v in_o the_o world_n by_o his_o war_n with_o the_o goth_n and_o vandal_n and_o persian_n and_o with_o his_o conquest_n of_o those_o people_n at_o his_o take_a possession_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n the_o ascend_v of_o the_o beast_n out_o of_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n rev._n 17._o 8._o be_v the_o same_o thing_n as_o the_o sea_n be_v usual_o call_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o abyss_n in_o scripture_n which_o be_v the_o word_n here_o use_v for_o the_o bottomless_a pit_n i_o can_v never_o meet_v with_o any_o satisfactory_a account_n from_o any_o other_o hypothesis_n concern_v the_o date_n of_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n why_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o its_o continuance_n both_o in_o daniel_n 14._o dan._n 7._o 25._o rev._n 13._o 5._o &_o chap._n 12._o 14._o and_o the_o revelation_n shall_v be_v express_v by_o a_o time_n time_n and_o half_a a_o time_n or_o 4â—_n month_n which_o be_v the_o same_o coral_n 2._o prop._n 24._o for_o one_o will_v be_v apt_a to_o conclude_v that_o year_n that_o alcasar_n notat_fw-la 4._o ad_fw-la v._o 2._o cap._n 11._o all_o the_o persecution_n of_o the_o church_n be_v set_v out_o by_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a three_o day_n and_o a_o half_a refer_v to_o a_o week_n and_o on_o chap._n 12._o we_o have_v see_v that_o by_o 1260_o day_n be_v signify_v three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a according_a to_o the_o grecian_a and_o jewish_a account_n we_o have_v also_o there_o see_v that_o the_o space_n of_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v to_o be_v take_v mystical_o and_o that_o by_o it_o be_v signify_v in_o the_o middle_n of_o a_o week_n of_o seven_o year_n the_o three_o and_o a_o half_a in_o that_o expression_n must_v have_v a_o reference_n to_o some_o seven_o as_o the_o whole_a number_n of_o it_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v in_o itself_o so_o precise_a and_o unusual_a a_o determination_n of_o the_o whole_a time_n of_o a_o thing_n and_o the_o whole_a number_n seven_o so_o common_o use_v in_o the_o old_a and_o new_a testament_n to_o signify_v the_o whole_a of_o thing_n of_o the_o same_o kind_n that_o it_o must_v be_v think_v to_o be_v very_o likely_a to_o be_v here_o refer_v to_o especial_o when_o it_o be_v also_o consider_v that_o the_o number_n seven_o be_v very_o frequent_o in_o use_n all_o over_o the_o book_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n alcazar_n have_v observe_v that_o it_o be_v make_v use_n of_o there_o no_o less_o than_o forty_o time_n epist_n dedicat._n comment_fw-fr in_o apocalyp_n the_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o preach_n of_o christ_n to_o which_o these_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a be_v say_v to_o allude_v be_v also_o in_o the_o 9th_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n last_o verse_n make_v to_o be_v a_o reference_n to_o half_a a_o week_n of_o year_n with_o this_o it_o be_v also_o to_o be_v observe_v that_o the_o other_o two_o famous_a prophecy_n concern_v the_o captivity_n of_o the_o jewish_a church_n which_o be_v everywhere_o make_v the_o scheme_n of_o the_o christian_a church_n the_o first_o about_o the_o 70_o year_n captivity_n by_o jeremiah_n and_o the_o other_o of_o the_o 70_o week_n captivity_n till_o the_o time_n of_o the_o messiah_n which_o be_v mention_v with_o the_o former_a in_o the_o 9th_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n they_o both_o have_v the_o number_n seven_o for_o their_o denominator_fw-la and_o common_a measure_n and_o from_o jacob_n seven_o year_n service_n for_o 2._o gen._n 29._o &_o chap._n 21._o 2._o leah_n and_o rachel_n and_o from_o the_o liberty_n of_o a_o hebrew_n servant_n at_o the_o end_n of_o seven_o year_n it_o appear_v that_o the_o space_n of_o seven_o year_n be_v the_o know_a space_n of_o time_n for_o servitude_n among_o the_o jew_n where_o the_o prophecy_n be_v deliver_v and_o the_o seven_o year_n that_o we_o be_v now_o inquire_v after_o to_o fix_v the_o half_a of_o they_o to_o must_v be_v some_o seven_o year_n of_o the_o bondage_n of_o the_o church_n though_o with_o some_o lightsome_a interval_n as_o this_o do_v make_v it_o very_o likely_a that_o the_o time_n time_n and_o a_o half_a of_o the_o tyranny_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n or_o beast_n over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n do_v certain_o refer_v to_o some_o whole_a number_n of_o seven_o time_n so_o be_v it_o now_o worth_a the_o inquire_n to_o what_o particular_a seven_o prophetical_a time_n they_o be_v refer_v this_o difficulty_n in_o the_o way_n that_o i_o have_v find_v myself_o determine_v to_o by_o the_o prophecy_n be_v easy_o resolve_v for_o if_o the_o first_o appearance_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v at_o justinian_n conquest_n of_o italy_n the_o time_n time_n and_o half_a of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n and_o little_a horn_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o daniel_n be_v just_a as_o long_o a_o space_n of_o time_n as_o it_o be_v from_o the_o first_o beginning_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o jew_n under_o the_o assyrian_n who_o be_v much_o the_o same_o kingdom_n with_o the_o babylonian_n in_o the_o 9th_o year_n of_o the_o reign_n of_o hosea_n to_o the_o time_n of_o justinian_n for_o that_o captivity_n of_o the_o ten_o tribe_n by_o salmanasar_n be_v in_o fine_a petau._n rat._n temp._n part_n 1._o l._n 2._o cap._n 2._o in_o ezechia_n part._n 2._o l._n 1._o c._n 4._o in_o fine_a the_o 3993d_o year_n of_o the_o julian_n period_n and_o 720_o year_n before_o christ_n if_o to_o this_o be_v add_v the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n when_o belisarius_n carry_v vitiges_n the_o king_n of_o the_o italian_a goth_n in_o triumph_n with_o he_o to_o justinian_n which_o be_v anno_fw-la dom._n 540_o there_o will_v be_v just_o the_o same_o number_n of_o 1260_o year_n to_o the_o
about_o the_o year_n 1820_o for_o their_o last_a end_n but_o by_o the_o same_o reason_n that_o they_o be_v make_v to_o be_v but_o 1260_o year_n or_o 17_o year_n short_a of_o the_o full_a account_n of_o the_o three_o time_n and_o a_o half_a b._n n._n b._n every_o of_o those_o 1260_o year_n as_o have_v be_v observe_v may_v be_v judge_v to_o want_v five_o day_n in_o they_o and_o then_o they_o will_v reach_v but_o to_o just_a the_o year_n 1800._o and_o this_o i_o account_v to_o be_v the_o true_a way_n of_o determine_v the_o number_n of_o the_o year_n in_o both_o the_o half_n of_o the_o week_n of_o time_n here_o refer_v to_o for_o the_o industrious_a care_n that_o the_o prophecy_n seem_v to_o take_v in_o three_o chapter_n of_o the_o revelation_n to_o limit_v the_o number_n of_o year_n contain_v in_o the_o latter_a half_n of_o that_o great_a week_n be_v sufficient_a ground_n to_o conclude_v that_o the_o former_a half_n of_o it_o before_o the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o have_v no_o such_o limitation_n in_o it_o be_v to_o be_v account_v according_a to_o the_o receive_a custom_n of_o the_o babylonian_a nation_n for_o their_o number_n of_o day_n in_o a_o year_n to_o which_o all_o this_o peculiar_a calculation_n of_o the_o time_n do_v refer_v for_o the_o exception_n express_o put_v in_o to_o the_o one_o half_a be_v a_o confirmation_n of_o the_o common_a way_n of_o account_n in_o the_o other_o half_a where_o there_o be_v none_o thus_o may_v we_o observe_v that_o this_o great_a tribulation_n of_o the_o domination_n of_o the_o beast_n do_v in_o that_o resemble_v the_o time_n of_o the_o great_a tribulation_n that_o ever_o befall_v the_o jew_n as_o it_o be_v characterise_v by_o our_o saviour_n the_o day_n that_o this_o shall_v have_v in_o it_o in_o proportion_n to_o the_o other_o half_a of_o the_o seven_o before_o it_o be_v shorten_v for_o the_o elect_v sake_n and_o all_o the_o ground_n that_o there_o be_v for_o the_o shorten_n of_o the_o length_n of_o 1260_o year_n by_o the_o chaldaic_a and_o greek_a account_n without_o the_o additional_a five_o day_n express_o refer_v to_o in_o the_o prophecy_n do_v also_o prove_v that_o the_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n who_o time_n be_v measure_v out_o by_o these_o year_n can_v not_o be_v about_o the_o year_n 450._o for_o then_o his_o time_n will_v now_o have_v be_v almost_o just_o run_v out_o for_o 1260_o chaldaic_a year_n will_v be_v but_o 1242_o which_o add_v to_o 450_o will_v make_v but_o 1692_o for_o the_o end_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o yet_o that_o be_v the_o time_n to_o which_o the_o first_o rise_v of_o the_o beast_n be_v fix_v by_o the_o most_o judicious_a of_o the_o protestant_n that_o take_v other_o way_n for_o the_o succession_n of_o the_o eight_o king_n call_v the_o beast_n but_o in_o the_o short_a account_n of_o these_o year_n they_o appear_v however_o to_o be_v so_o prodigious_a a_o length_n of_o time_n for_o the_o reign_n of_o one_o tyrannical_a kingdom_n over_o the_o church_n of_o god_n in_o comparison_n with_o any_o other_o of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n by_o which_o the_o whole_a b._n n._n b._n time_n of_o the_o captivity_n of_o the_o church_n of_o god_n be_v measure_v out_o in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n that_o that_o be_v a_o very_a sufficient_a reason_n for_o the_o particular_a mention_n of_o they_o as_o the_o half_a of_o some_o week_n of_o year_n for_o by_o that_o this_o antichristian_a tyranny_n be_v set_v out_o by_o that_o which_o be_v the_o most_o remarkable_a circumstance_n in_o it_o viz._n the_o continuance_n of_o it_o in_o the_o last_o monarchy_n of_o the_o four_o as_o long_o as_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o time_n of_o the_o slavery_n of_o the_o church_n under_o all_o the_o other_o three_o monarchy_n and_o that_o also_o in_o but_o the_o one_o part_n of_o the_o four_o monarchy_n chap._n ii_o xiii_o rev._n xiii_o the_o character_n of_o a_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o explain_v of_o be_v and_o be_v not_o yet_o be_v of_o come_v after_o a_o seven_o which_o shall_v continue_v but_o a_o short_a space_n of_o the_o change_n of_o time_n and_o law_n of_o the_o ten_o king_n reign_v one_o hour_n with_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o go_v on_o with_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o character_n of_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o revelation_n the_o imperial_a head_n cut_v off_o by_o the_o goth_n and_o restore_v by_o justinian_n do_v very_o natural_o agree_v with_o the_o character_n of_o its_o be_v a_o eight_o king_n which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o because_o 11._o rev._n 17._o 11._o it_o be_v the_o six_o of_o those_o seven_o king_n at_o the_o time_n of_o the_o prophecy_n and_o a_o eight_o in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o restauration_n by_o justinian_n and_o it_o be_v a_o strange_a thing_n to_o see_v how_o other_o be_v force_v to_o make_v either_o their_o eight_o king_n to_o be_v the_o same_o with_o their_o seven_o or_o their_o seven_o king_n to_o be_v none_o of_o the_o seven_o head_n to_o uphold_v their_o interpretation_n and_o that_o also_o show_v how_o the_o imperial_a head_n restore_v by_o justinian_n be_v the_o head_n wound_v to_o death_n and_o heal_v again_o ch_z 13._o 3._o and_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v ch_z 17._o 8._o which_o do_v but_o signify_v the_o same_o thing_n with_o its_o be_v the_o eight_o which_o be_v one_o of_o the_o seven_o that_o have_v be_v once_o past_o before_o for_o all_o those_o expression_n signify_v no_o more_o than_o that_o the_o imperial_a head_n be_v before_o it_o be_v deadly_o wound_v by_o the_o goth_n than_o cease_v to_o be_v while_o the_o gothish_a king_n be_v the_o king_n of_o rome_n and_o italy_n and_o afterward_o be_v heal_v again_o by_o the_o return_n of_o the_o imperial_a rule_n over_o rome_n in_o justinian_n where_o by_o the_o way_n may_v be_v observe_v how_o just_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o roman_a imperial_a power_n in_o the_o east_n after_o the_o ruin_n of_o the_o western_a empire_n do_v answer_v the_o character_n of_o and_o yet_o be_v at_o the_o time_n when_o it_o have_v but_o a_o small_a share_n in_o the_o authority_n of_o the_o city_n of_o rome_n together_o with_o the_o gothish_a king_n see_v the_o account_n of_o their_o 18._o note_v 20_o 21._o on_o chap._n 18._o union_n in_o the_o choice_n of_o their_o consul_n etc._n etc._n but_o whereas_o the_o first_o of_o these_o expression_n seem_v to_o belong_v only_o to_o a_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o other_o be_v say_v of_o the_o beast_n indefinite_o it_o be_v to_o be_v consider_v that_o the_o notion_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v the_o beast_n in_o the_o particular_a state_n of_o its_o last_o head_n prop._n 6._o which_o be_v the_o heal_v head_n coral_n 3._o prop._n 10._o as_o for_o the_o riddle_n of_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v the_o learned_a 642._o vol._n 1._o p._n 642._o dr._n more_o have_v show_v that_o that_o be_v to_o be_v understand_v of_o the_o beast_n as_o it_o be_v subject_a to_o those_o several_a change_n of_o one_o and_o the_o same_o state_n of_o it_o and_o not_o to_o be_v tie_v to_o any_o one_o set_v particular_a time_n when_o those_o inconsistent_a character_n be_v real_o verify_v of_o it_o altogether_o as_o several_a compound_a name_n of_o thing_n be_v find_v to_o be_v in_o the_o old_a testament_n for_o to_o understand_v it_o literal_o of_o the_o substance_n of_o the_o beast_n be_v a_o open_a contradiction_n or_o to_o understand_v those_o character_n about_o the_o same_o qualification_n of_o it_o in_o the_o same_o respect_n at_o the_o same_o time_n and_o yet_o it_o can_v but_o be_v see_v that_o in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o gothish_a king_n it_o be_v very_o near_o be_v verify_v to_o the_o great_a nicety_n about_o the_o imperial_a government_n it_o be_v supreme_a at_o rome_n before_o they_o it_o be_v not_o so_o in_o their_o time_n and_o yet_o it_o be_v own_v for_o its_o share_n with_o they_o in_o the_o authority_n of_o it_o but_o to_o make_v out_o this_o difficulty_n by_o apply_v these_o expression_n only_o to_o a_o quality_n of_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v and_o be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v as_o dr._n more_o do_v to_o the_o idolatry_n of_o the_o roman_n be_v contrary_a to_o that_o which_o have_v be_v prove_v to_o be_v the_o constant_a acceptation_n of_o the_o beast_n prop._n 6_o that_o be_v the_o particular_a state_n of_o it_o under_o the_o eight_o king_n which_o therefore_o must_v be_v the_o thing_n of_o which_o be_v be_v not_o and_o yet_o be_v must_v be_v verify_v the_o character_n of_o his_o be_v a_o eight_o after_o a_o seven_o king_n which_o shall_v continue_v but_o a_o short_a space_n agree_v very_o well_o with_o the_o 10._o ch._n 17._o
10._o restauration_n of_o the_o imperial_a rule_n after_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o goth_n in_o italy_n for_o their_o whole_a time_n be_v not_o above_o seventy_o year_n which_o 15._o isa_n 23._o 15._o be_v but_o the_o age_n of_o one_o man_n and_o be_v by_o the_o prophet_n isaiah_n call_v the_o day_n of_o one_o king_n and_o be_v a_o very_a short_a space_n of_o time_n in_o comparison_n with_o those_o king_n betwixt_o who_o it_o stand_v and_o to_o who_o time_n of_o reign_n the_o reference_n be_v make_v for_o those_o seventy_o year_n be_v as_o nothing_o in_o comparison_n of_o either_o the_o imperial_a rule_n before_o it_o which_o have_v continue_v for_o above_o five_o hundred_o year_n or_o of_o that_o after_o it_o which_o have_v already_o continue_v above_o a_o thousand_o year_n and_o beside_o it_o be_v a_o short_a space_n of_o time_n than_o be_v attribute_v to_o the_o seven_o king_n by_o almost_o all_o other_o who_o do_v not_o make_v he_o to_o be_v a_o single_a emperor_n the_o change_n of_o time_n and_o law_n attribute_v to_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o daniel_n may_v signify_v no_o more_o than_o appear_v like_o a_o new_a lawgiver_n in_o the_o church_n but_o if_o it_o be_v desire_v to_o see_v this_o more_o particular_o verify_v of_o the_o reign_n of_o justinian_n be_v it_o not_o sufficient_a for_o that_o purpose_n that_o his_o code_n be_v then_o make_v the_o stand_a law_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o have_v ever_o since_o continue_v to_o be_v so_o and_o that_o the_o epocha_n that_o dionysius_n exiguus_fw-la do_v then_o bring_v in_o of_o the_o year_n of_o our_o lord_n against_o the_o old_a epocha_n ab_fw-la urbe_fw-la conditâ_fw-la have_v ever_o since_o be_v observe_v but_o i_o rather_o stick_v to_o his_o settlement_n of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o roman_a church_n there_o be_v no_o manner_n of_o difficulty_n about_o the_o ten_o king_n which_o 12._o rev._n 17._o 12._o be_v say_v to_o reign_v with_o the_o beast_n either_o one_o hour_n or_o at_o the_o same_o time_n for_o the_o number_n ten_n be_v usual_o take_v in_o scripture_n for_o a_o uncertain_a multitude_n of_o those_o thing_n of_o which_o it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o number_n and_o in_o such_o a_o long_a succession_n and_o change_v of_o kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v here_o join_v with_o and_o where_o there_o be_v no_o other_o circumstance_n to_o show_v it_o to_o be_v a_o definite_a number_n it_o ought_v in_o all_o reason_n to_o be_v take_v in_o that_o sense_n that_o be_v for_o a_o uncertain_a multitude_n of_o kingdom_n that_o be_v to_o be_v set_v up_o with_o the_o beast_n in_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n according_a as_o they_o be_v represent_v by_o horn_n of_o that_o beast_n which_o be_v agree_v to_o be_v the_o particular_a roman_a monarchy_n prop._n 16._o for_o it_o be_v unimaginable_a that_o ever_o that_o definite_a number_n of_o ten_o kingdom_n shall_v be_v find_v to_o have_v be_v constant_a under_o all_o those_o change_n of_o master_n that_o the_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n have_v have_v be_v successive_o rule_v by_o i_o be_o sure_a in_o the_o time_n of_o the_o saxon_a heptarchy_n in_o england_n it_o can_v not_o be_v so_o and_o many_o other_o instance_n of_o the_o like_a nature_n may_v be_v produce_v against_o it_o but_o however_o it_o be_v not_o question_v by_o those_o who_o maintain_v the_o definite_a number_n but_o that_o these_o ten_o king_n be_v up_o in_o rule_n at_o the_o same_o time_n with_o justinian_n that_o they_o shall_v have_v their_o first_o rise_n with_o he_o at_o one_o and_o the_o same_o time_n be_v not_o at_o all_o necessary_a from_o the_o text_n though_o the_o signification_n of_o 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d shall_v be_v grant_v to_o be_v at_o the_o same_o time_n see_v pag._n 216._o but_o indeed_o the_o common_a and_o unforced_a signification_n of_o that_o expression_n be_v one_o hour_n that_o be_v a_o small_a time_n as_o have_v be_v observe_v and_o then_o all_o that_o can_v be_v make_v of_o it_o will_v be_v that_o those_o ten_o king_n which_o be_v say_v to_o have_v receive_v no_o kingdom_n in_o st._n john_n time_n yet_o shall_v receive_v power_n as_o king_n or_o as_o free_v independent_a sovereign_n for_o a_o small_a time_n with_o the_o beast_n and_o that_o only_a till_o as_o it_o be_v say_v they_o shall_v give_v their_o power_n and_o strength_n and_o kingdom_n to_o the_o beast_n that_o be_v till_o they_o shall_v submit_v themselves_o and_o their_o kingdom_n to_o that_o roman_a usurpation_n which_o the_o imperial_a authority_n shall_v set_v up_o and_o be_v the_o secular_a head_n of_o which_o will_v be_v better_o understand_v when_o it_o be_v explain_v what_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o of_o his_o image_n be_v for_o that_o end_n it_o will_v be_v now_o requisite_a to_o inquire_v what_o the_o image_n of_o the_o beast_n can_v be_v determine_v to_o be_v it_o seem_v at_o first_o to_o 14._o chap._n 13_o 14._o be_v a_o figurative_a expression_n and_o so_o capable_a of_o variety_n of_o interpretation_n but_o there_o will_v be_v peculiar_a mark_n enough_o find_v of_o it_o in_o the_o text_n to_o determine_v it_o to_o one_o certain_a thing_n but_o before_o we_o enter_v upon_o that_o it_o be_v to_o be_v premise_v that_o the_o mention_n of_o the_o beast_n and_o his_o image_n be_v a_o very_a manifest_a allusion_n to_o the_o depose_v the_o panciroll_fw-fr de_fw-fr notitia_fw-la imp._n orient_n pag._n 46._o give_v the_o example_n of_o raise_v the_o emperor_n image_n and_o carry_v it_o about_o to_o denote_v his_o exaltation_n to_o the_o empire_n and_o pag._n 47._o give_v the_o example_n of_o break_v the_o emperor_n image_n or_o the_o throw_v they_o down_o to_o signify_v the_o end_n of_o his_o reign_n or_o his_o be_v depose_v common_a custom_n of_o the_o roman_n at_o that_o time_n to_o raise_v the_o emperor_n image_n in_o all_o public_a place_n at_o his_o election_n to_o that_o dignity_n and_o to_o continue_v the_o adoration_n of_o it_o during_o the_o time_n of_o his_o reign_n and_o to_o pull_v down_o and_o break_v those_o image_n at_o the_o end_n of_o every_o respective_a reign_n the_o emperor_n image_n and_o the_o worship_n give_v to_o it_o be_v the_o public_a signification_n of_o his_o be_v in_o power_n and_o that_o they_o may_v have_v the_o fair_a title_n to_o adoration_n high-treason_n adoration_n panciroll_fw-fr pag._n 47._o notit_fw-la imp._n orient_a show_v the_o way_n of_o consecrate_v the_o image_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o the_o unlawfulness_n of_o sell_v they_o after_o it_o no_o less_o than_o crimen_fw-la laesae_fw-la majestatis_fw-la or_o high-treason_n they_o be_v consecrate_v with_o a_o form_n of_o word_n as_o the_o idol_n that_o be_v dedicate_v to_o the_o honour_n of_o the_o god_n and_o so_o sacred_a be_v they_o after_o that_o account_v to_o be_v that_o it_o be_v high-treason_n for_o any_o to_o sell_v they_o after_o consecration_n the_o beast_n then_o and_o his_o image_n be_v here_o join_v together_o with_o a_o reference_n to_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o emperor_n and_o their_o image_n the_o false_a prophet_n who_o be_v the_o contriver_n of_o this_o image_n have_v be_v already_o find_v to_o be_v a_o church-head_n with_o supreme_a authority_n over_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o that_o he_o be_v real_o distinguish_v from_o the_o beast_n who_o be_v the_o secular_a head_n of_o it_o prop._n 24._o and_o this_o false_a prophet_n be_v determine_v to_o be_v in_o particular_a the_o papal_a authority_n coral_n 3._o prop._n 25._o the_o character_n of_o this_o image_n in_o the_o text_n be_v to_o be_v next_o consider_v it_o be_v say_v to_o be_v the_o image_n of_o the_o first_o beast_n which_o have_v the_o deadly_a 13._o chap._n 13._o wound_n and_o be_v heal_v again_o it_o be_v then_o the_o image_n of_o the_o imperial_a roman_a rule_n restore_v again_o by_o justinian_n coral_n 1._o prop._n 5._o &_o query_n 2._o now_o a_o image_n of_o any_o thing_n be_v something_o make_v after_o the_o likeness_n of_o the_o thing_n of_o which_o it_o be_v the_o image_n and_o particular_o in_o this_o case_n it_o must_v have_v as_o great_a a_o likeness_n to_o its_o original_a as_o the_o image_n of_o the_o emperor_n use_v to_o have_v to_o the_o emperor_n themselves_o but_o then_o this_o image_n be_v different_a from_o all_o carve_a image_n of_o the_o emperor_n for_o it_o be_v say_v to_o have_v life_n put_v into_o it_o and_o therefore_o must_v it_o be_v a_o live_a likeness_n to_o its_o original_a that_o which_o it_o represent_v be_v the_o imperial_a roman_a state_n which_o be_v say_v to_o have_v power_n over_o all_o kindred_n and_o tongue_n and_o nation_n this_o image_n than_o must_v also_o be_v a_o live_a supreme_a power_n over_o all_o tbe_n same_o jurisdiction_n for_o otherwise_o it_o can_v be_v a_o live_a likeness_n of_o the_o
rash_a conjecture_n many_o other_o agreement_n of_o the_o ancient_n about_o these_o matter_n be_v instance_a in_o by_o bellarmine_n lib._n 3._o de_fw-la pontifice_fw-la some_o of_o which_o must_v indeed_o be_v grant_v but_o they_o be_v such_o as_o be_v no_o ground_n of_o conclude_v upon_o the_o sense_n of_o the_o place_n to_o which_o they_o refer_v because_o they_o themselves_o do_v often_o acknowledge_v themselves_o to_o be_v incapable_a judge_n of_o the_o determinate_a signification_n of_o those_o thing_n upon_o the_o account_n of_o their_o ignorance_n of_o the_o event_n that_o they_o refer_v to_o and_o by_o which_o alone_o they_o apprehend_v they_o capable_a of_o be_v certain_o know_v thus_o theodoret_n upon_o the_o 12_o chapter_n of_o daniel_n 8_o 9_o where_o the_o prophet_n profess_v he_o understand_v not_o what_o he_o hear_v and_o the_o angel_n confirm_v it_o to_o be_v because_o the_o word_n be_v seal_v up_o but_o afterward_o many_o shall_v understand_v explain_v it_o thus_o but_o when_o the_o thing_n shall_v come_v to_o pass_v they_o shall_v plain_o understand_v the_o thing_n that_o be_v foretell_v so_o also_o andrea_n caesariensis_n concern_v the_o number_n of_o the_o name_n of_o the_o beast_n revel_v 13._o the_o exact_a knowledge_n say_v he_o of_o the_o number_n and_o of_o every_o thing_n else_o beside_o that_o be_v deliver_v about_o antichrist_n time_n and_o experience_n will_v discover_v to_o prudent_a and_o sober_a enquirer_n and_o irenaeus_n upon_o the_o same_o matter_n judge_n it_o to_o have_v be_v on_o ult_n lib._n 5._o cont_n haeres_fw-la cap._n ult_n purpose_n conceal_v that_o it_o may_v not_o be_v know_v till_o it_o come_v to_o be_v fulfil_v and_o after_o caution_n put_v in_o against_o conjecture_n it_o be_v therefore_o say_v he_o much_o the_o sure_a way_n to_o stop_v our_o conjecture_n till_o the_o prophecy_n be_v fulfil_v and_o this_o be_v give_v as_o a_o general_a rule_n for_o every_o thing_n of_o this_o nature_n that_o be_v not_o very_o plain_a and_o clear_a before_o the_o event_n by_o which_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o father_n do_v not_o think_v themselves_o in_o a_o capacity_n to_o determine_v the_o meaning_n of_o the_o particular_a circumstance_n in_o the_o prophecy_n about_o antichrist_n because_o they_o be_v general_o agree_v that_o he_o be_v still_o to_o come_v and_o that_o therefore_o the_o particular_a character_n of_o his_o appearance_n do_v depend_v upon_o event_n in_o aftertime_n for_o the_o clear_a understanding_n they_o now_o all_o those_o opinion_n for_o which_o bellarmin_n cite_v the_o consent_n b._n n_o b._n of_o the_o father_n be_v such_o as_o depend_v upon_o this_o supposition_n that_o the_o time_n time_n and_o the_o divide_n of_o time_n which_o be_v the_o time_n assign_v to_o the_o continuance_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n in_o the_o seven_o of_o daniel_n 25._o dan._n 7._o 25._o do_v not_o signify_v any_o long_a time_n than_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a according_a to_o the_o common_a acceptation_n of_o a_o time_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n upon_o this_o account_n it_o be_v that_o many_o father_n have_v agree_v that_o antichrist_n must_v be_v a_o single_a person_n and_o consequent_o that_o the_o ten_o king_n signify_v by_o the_o ten_o horn_n must_v also_o be_v so_o many_o single_a king_n as_o well_o as_o the_o little_a horn_n that_o denote_v antichrist_n it_o be_v also_o for_o this_o reason_n that_o they_o agree_v that_o the_o roman_a empire_n must_v be_v ruin_v at_o his_o appearance_n by_o the_o ten_o king_n viz._n because_o by_o this_o his_o time_n be_v make_v to_o be_v but_o three_o year_n and_o a_o half_a before_o the_o end_n of_o the_o world_n or_o the_o second_o come_v of_o christ_n unto_o which_o the_o time_n of_o the_o little_a horn_n be_v describe_v to_o continue_v the_o father_n indeed_o may_v easy_o be_v induce_v to_o take_v the_o time_n or_o 1260_o day_n of_o antichrist_n in_o the_o literal_a sense_n because_o they_o live_v under_o the_o reign_n of_o the_o six_o head_n of_o the_o beast_n which_o have_v rule_v from_o the_o time_n of_o the_o vision_n they_o see_v no_o necessity_n for_o that_o sense_n in_o which_o day_n and_o week_n be_v use_v among_o the_o prophet_n and_o so_o be_v then_o oblige_v to_o judge_v according_a to_o the_o first_o rule_n of_o all_o sound_a interpretation_n chap._n 2._o book_n i._o of_o this_o part._n but_o the_o agreement_n of_o the_o father_n in_o these_o thing_n be_v not_o so_o perfect_o vnanimous_a as_o bellarmin_n will_v make_v it_o to_o be_v justin_n martyr_n in_o his_o dialogue_n with_o trypho_n the_o jew_n concern_v this_o very_a place_n in_o daniel_n tell_v he_o that_o by_o a_o time_n the_o jew_n themselves_o understand_v sometime_o a_o 100_o year_n according_a to_o which_o say_v he_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n must_v needs_o reign_v 355_o year_n and_o augustin_n ad_fw-la marcellin_n lib._n 20._o cap._n 19_o some_o say_v he_o understand_v by_o the_o man_n of_o sin_n not_o one_o prince_n only_o but_o as_o it_o be_v a_o whole_a body_n that_o be_v a_o great_a multitude_n of_o men._n and_o primasius_n speak_v of_o the_o beast_n and_o the_o false_a prophet_n apoc._n â—â—_o c._n 19_o apoc._n that_o be_v say_v he_o the_o devil_n and_o antichrist_n or_o his_o chief_a ruler_n and_o his_o whole_a body_n so_o also_o do_v we_o find_v in_o the_o testimony_n of_o irenaeus_n tertullian_n hippolytus_n lactantius_n victorinus_n jerom_n that_o they_o make_v the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n to_o be_v no_o more_o than_o a_o division_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n whereas_o bellarmin_n pretend_v that_o the_o father_n be_v agree_v that_o they_o signify_v the_o utter_a destruction_n of_o that_o empire_n and_o andreas_n caesariensis_n do_v express_o contradict_v he_o in_o this_o in_o his_o testimony_n where_o he_o say_v that_o most_o of_o the_o ancient_a doctor_n do_v understand_v ten_o king_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n by_o the_o ten_o horn_n of_o the_o beast_n there_o be_v many_o other_o thing_n for_o which_o bellarmin_n bring_v the_o consent_n of_o the_o father_n in_o which_o he_o have_v be_v find_v to_o be_v much_o mistake_v particular_o by_o bishop_n andrews_n respon_n ad_fw-la bellarmin_n now_o from_o the_o former_a consideration_n about_o the_o agreement_n and_o the_o difference_n of_o the_o opinion_n of_o the_o ancient_n it_o may_v be_v observe_v that_o their_o testimony_n about_o thing_n that_o the_o church_n have_v not_o positive_o define_v as_o the_o present_a case_n be_v be_v of_o the_o nature_n of_o all_o other_o humane_a testimony_n where_o they_o all_o agree_v in_o a_o sense_n of_o which_o they_o be_v capable_a judge_n in_o their_o time_n it_o be_v a_o very_a great_a presumption_n that_o it_o be_v the_o plain_a and_o obvious_a sense_n of_o that_o place_n but_o where_o they_o differ_v from_o one_o another_o their_o authority_n be_v to_o be_v resolve_v into_o the_o strength_n of_o the_o ground_n of_o their_o particular_a opinion_n and_o those_o among_o they_o who_o in_o any_o particular_a circumstance_n speak_v thing_n contradictory_n to_o what_o be_v so_o general_o agree_v on_o from_o the_o plain_a evidence_n of_o the_o text_n may_v be_v as_o little_a our_o concern_n as_o the_o paradoxical_a opinion_n of_o some_o learned_a man_n in_o our_o own_o age._n they_o themselves_o we_o have_v see_v do_v acknowledge_v themselves_o uncapable_a judge_n of_o most_o of_o the_o thing_n in_o the_o prophecy_n of_o antichrist_n and_o the_o absolute_a need_n there_o be_v of_o further_a time_n and_o experience_n of_o the_o event_n to_o be_v able_a to_o speak_v with_o any_o likelihood_n of_o truth_n about_o they_o the_o use_n therefore_o that_o be_v to_o be_v make_v of_o these_o agreement_n of_o the_o ancient_n about_o the_o place_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o which_o they_o be_v capable_a judge_n at_o that_o time_n be_v to_o confirm_v the_o natural_a sense_n that_o be_v offer_v from_o the_o text_n and_o not_o to_o give_v any_o a_o prejudice_n against_o new_a sense_n of_o the_o prophecy_n about_o such_o thing_n in_o this_o age_n so_o many_o age_n since_o it_o be_v write_v and_o as_o strong_a a_o presumption_n be_v it_o against_o the_o fix_v of_o the_o full_a accomplishment_n of_o the_o prophecy_n of_o daniel_n and_o the_o revelation_n to_o any_o event_n before_o or_o in_o the_o hammond_n grotius_n dr._n hammond_n time_n of_o the_o father_n to_o see_v they_o so_o general_o to_o agree_v in_o their_o silence_n about_o any_o such_o interpretation_n it_o will_v indeed_o be_v matter_n of_o astonishment_n to_o we_o if_o the_o thing_n of_o these_o prophecy_n shall_v have_v be_v pass_v before_o the_o time_n of_o these_o learned_a inquirer_n into_o the_o meaning_n of_o they_o and_o yet_o that_o they_o shall_v unanimous_o agree_v that_o they_o be_v not_o to_o be_v fulfil_v till_o a_o long_a time_n after_o from_o the_o general_n agreement_n of_o the_o ancient_n in_o
of_o the_o roman_a church_n be_v date_v from_o by_o protestant_n baronius_n testimony_n concern_v it_o be_v a_o sufficient_a answer_n to_o that_o who_o as_o 119._o as_o divers_a discourse_n p._n 119._o dr._n barnard_n observe_v do_v acknowledge_v that_o there_o be_v not_o a_o age_n in_o which_o some_o learned_a man_n or_o other_o do_v not_o appear_v in_o this_o charge_n of_o antichristianism_n upon_o the_o church_n of_o rome_n and_o we_o have_v already_o see_v the_o charge_n of_o the_o donatist_n and_o arrian_n and_o if_o that_o shall_v be_v esteem_v to_o be_v nothing_o but_o the_o unreasonable_a clamour_n of_o heretic_n pope_n gregory_n 38._o lib._n 4._o epist_n 38._o complaint_n of_o the_o same_o nature_n against_o that_o antichristian_a supremacy_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o constantinople_n which_o come_v afterward_o to_o be_v the_o title_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n be_v unexceptionable_a 28._o lib._n 6._o ep._n 28._o but_o present_o after_o that_o age_n when_o baronius_n himself_o say_v 3._o an._n 900._o art_n 1_o 2_o 3._o that_o the_o abomination_n of_o desolation_n seem_v to_o have_v be_v bring_v into_o the_o church_n arnulphus_n bishop_n of_o orleans_n in_o his_o speech_n to_o the_o synod_n of_o rheims_n appeal_v to_o the_o whole_a synod_n whether_o 213._o synod_n rheim_n cap._n 25_o 26_o 27_o 28._o a._n d._n 991._o mornay_n myster_n iniquity_n p._n 213._o the_o behaviour_n of_o the_o bishop_n of_o rome_n do_v not_o in_o their_o opinion_n full_o answer_v the_o character_n of_o antichrist_n sit_v in_o the_o temple_n of_o god_n and_o thereupon_o apply_v the_o 2_o thess_n 2._o 4_o 6_o 7._o to_o the_o fall_v in_o piece_n of_o the_o roman_a empire_n and_o the_o elevation_n of_o the_o papacy_n upon_o the_o ruin_n of_o it_o but_o after_o that_o pope_n gregory_n the_o seven_o call_v hildebrand_n have_v a_o while_n show_v himself_o there_o be_v frequent_a clamour_n of_o this_o nature_n aventinus_n a_o historian_n of_o that_o church_n say_v that_o the_o 5._o lib._n 5._o great_a part_n of_o good_a ingenuous_a faithful_a and_o clear-spirited_n writer_n do_v hold_v that_o than_o begin_v the_o empire_n of_o antichrist_n and_o according_o do_v we_o find_v the_o whole_a clergy_n of_o the_o diocese_n of_o liege_n in_o their_o answer_n to_o pope_n paschal_n letter_n who_o have_v be_v hildebrand_n scholar_n apply_v the_o rage_n of_o the_o devil_n in_o colon._n 2._o vol._n council_n p._n 809._o edit_fw-la colon._n the_o apocalypse_n against_o the_o true_a church_n to_o the_o pope_n action_n and_o the_o emperor_n henry_n who_o be_v with_o they_o in_o his_o letter_n to_o the_o christian_a prince_n do_v also_o in_o express_a word_n apply_v the_o character_n of_o antichrist_n in_o the_o thess_n 1_o ep._n 2._o to_o paschal_n the_o bishop_n of_o florence_n also_o at_o the_o same_o time_n do_v public_o preach_v that_o antichrist_n be_v then_o bear_v which_o make_v pope_n paschal_n go_v in_o person_n 2._o platina_n in_o paschal_n 2._o to_o florence_n and_o call_v a_o council_n there_o to_o admonish_v he_o to_o desist_v their_o own_o st._n bernard_n tell_v we_o first_o that_o he_o have_v hear_v norbart_n 56._o about_o the_o year_n 1125._o epist_n 56._o of_o great_a repute_n for_o holiness_n affirm_v with_o a_o protestation_n that_o he_o do_v most_o certain_o know_v that_o antichrist_n shall_v be_v reveal_v in_o that_o generation_n and_o bernard_n himself_o do_v also_o call_v 125._o in_o cantic_a serm._n 33._o epist_n 125._o the_o pope_n antichrist_n and_o say_v that_o the_o beast_n of_o the_o apocalypse_n to_o who_o be_v give_v a_o mouth_n speak_v blasphemy_n and_o to_o make_v war_n against_o the_o saint_n do_v sit_v in_o the_o chair_n of_o st._n peter_n but_o everhard_n bishop_n of_o saltzburg_n in_o the_o time_n of_o gregory_n the_o 1230._o about_o a._n d._n 1230._o 9th_o at_o the_o assembly_n at_o ratisbonne_n do_v the_o most_o particular_o prove_v the_o time_n of_o the_o beast_n as_o the_o 8_o king_n of_o the_o roman_n to_o have_v be_v come_v ever_o since_o the_o time_n of_o hildebrand_n at_o least_o from_o the_o end_n of_o the_o imperial_a power_n that_o be_v the_o six_o head_n and_o the_o division_n of_o the_o empire_n among_o the_o ten_o king_n aventin_n lib._n 7._o 545._o this_o be_v the_o judgement_n of_o such_o as_o be_v of_o the_o roman_a communion_n but_o ever_o since_o the_o first_o great_a appearance_n of_o the_o albigenses_n which_o be_v before_o the_o year_n 1170._o there_o have_v be_v a_o continuation_n of_o this_o accusation_n against_o the_o roman_a church_n by_o whole_a body_n of_o church_n divide_v from_o that_o communion_n those_o that_o have_v the_o curiosity_n to_o see_v a_o more_o particular_a account_n of_o the_o tradition_n of_o the_o charge_n of_o antichrist_n upon_o the_o roman_a church_n from_o the_o best_a learned_a of_o its_o own_o member_n may_v consult_v du_n plessis_n mornay_n in_o his_o mystery_n of_o iniquity_n and_o dr._n bernard_n in_o his_o four_o discourse_n from_o page_n 119._o where_o there_o be_v a_o account_n more_o particular_o of_o the_o learned_a man_n of_o this_o opinion_n in_o the_o church_n of_o england_n both_o in_o the_o time_n of_o its_o papal_a state_n and_o since_o the_o reformation_n finis_fw-la book_n print_v for_o thomas_n cockerill_n at_o the_o three_o leg_n in_o the_o poultry_n the_o work_n of_o the_o late_a reverend_a divine_a mr._n stephen_n charnock_n b._n d._n sometime_o fellow_n of_o new_a college_n in_o oxon._n folio_n 2_o vol._n speculum_fw-la theologiae_n in_o christo_n or_o a_o view_n of_o some_o divine_a truth_n which_o be_v either_o practical_o exemplify_v in_o jesus_n christ_n set_v forth_o in_o the_o gospel_n or_o may_v easy_o be_v deduce_v from_o they_o by_o edward_n polhill_n of_o burwash_n in_o sussex_n esq_n 4o._o precious_a faith_n consider_v in_o its_o nature_n work_v and_o growth_n by_o edward_n polhill_n esq_n in_o 4o._o geography_n rectify_v or_o a_o description_n of_o the_o world_n in_o all_o its_o kingdom_n province_n city_n town_n sea_n river_n bays_n cape_n fort_n their_o ancient_n and_o present_a name_n inhabitant_n situation_n history_n custom_n government_n &c_n &c_n and_o also_o their_o commodity_n coin_n weight_n and_o measure_n with_o those_o of_o london_n illustrate_v with_o about_o 80_o new_a map_n the_o whole_a work_n perform_v according_a to_o the_o accurate_a discovery_n of_o modern_a author_n in_o 4o._o 2_o do_v edition_n christus_fw-la in_o cord_n or_o the_o mystical_a union_n between_o christ_n and_o believer_n consider_v in_o its_o resemblance_n bond_n seal_n privilege_n and_o mark_n by_o edward_n polhill_n esq_n in_o 8o._o a_o practical_a grammar_n or_o the_o easy_a and_o short_a way_n to_o initiate_v young_a child_n in_o the_o latin_a tongue_n by_o the_o help_n whereof_o a_o child_n of_o seven_o year_n old_a may_v learn_v more_o of_o the_o ground_n of_o that_o language_n in_o three_o month_n than_o be_v ordinary_o learn_v in_o a_o year_n space_n by_o those_o of_o a_o great_a age_n in_o a_o common_a grammar_n school_n publish_v for_o the_o use_n of_o those_o that_o love_v not_o to_o be_v tedious_a to_o which_o be_v add_v table_n of_o mr._n walker_n particle_n by_o the_o assistance_n whereof_o young_a scholar_n may_v be_v better_o enable_v to_o peruse_v that_o excellent_a and_o most_o useful_a treatise_n by_o f_o philamath_n master_n of_o a_o free-school_n in_o 8o._o a_o dialogue_n between_o a_o romish_a priest_n and_o a_o english_a protestant_n wherein_o the_o principal_a point_n and_o argument_n of_o both_o religion_n be_v true_o prepare_v and_o full_o examine_v by_o matth._n pool_n author_n of_o the_o synopsis_fw-la criticorum_fw-la in_o 12o._o familiaria_fw-la colloquia_fw-la opera_fw-la christopheri_fw-la helvici_fw-la d._n &_o professoris_fw-la gressensis_fw-la olim_fw-la ex_fw-la erasmo_n roterodamo_n ludovico_n vive_fw-fr &_o schortenio_fw-la halio_fw-la selecta_fw-la editio_fw-la decima_fw-la quarta_fw-la ad_fw-la pristina_fw-la exemplaria_fw-la denuo_fw-la recognita_fw-la 12o._o school_n of_o manner_n or_o rule_n for_o child_n behaviour_n by_o the_o author_n of_o the_o english_a exercise_n for_o schoolboy_n 12o._o gradus_fw-la ad_fw-la parnassum_fw-la five_o novus_n synonymorum_fw-la epithetorum_fw-la &_o phrasium_fw-la poeticarum_fw-la thesaurus_fw-la elegantiae_fw-la flavissas_fw-la poeticas_fw-la parnassum_fw-la poeticum_fw-la thesaurum_fw-la virgilii_fw-la smetium_fw-la januam_fw-la musarum_fw-la aliosque_fw-la id_fw-la genus_fw-la libros_fw-la ad_fw-la poesin_n necessarias_fw-la complectens_fw-la some_o sermon_n upon_o regeneration_n faith_n and_o repentance_n preach_v at_o the_o merchant_n lecture_n in_o broadstreet_n by_o thomas_n cole_n marriage_n promoted_n in_o a_o discourse_n of_o its_o ancient_n and_o modern_a practice_n both_o under_o heathen_a and_o christian_a commonwealth_n and_o how_o far_o it_o may_v be_v practicable_a and_o commodious_a to_o the_o preservation_n of_o these_o kingdom_n by_o a_o person_n of_o quality_n